Document:

exv10w1

    Exhibit 10.1

 

    THE 2003
    INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

    

 

    OF

    

 

    GEN-PROBE
    INCORPORATED

 

    Originally Adopted by the Board of Directors on March 3,
    2003

    Amendment Adopted by Board of Directors on May 13, 2003

    Originally Approved by the Stockholders on May 29, 2003

    Amendment and Restatement Adopted by Board of Directors on
    February 9, 2006

    Amendment and Restatement Approved by the Stockholders on
    May 17, 2006

    Second Amendment and Restatement Adopted by Board of Directors
    on November 16, 2006

    Third Amendment and Restatement Adopted by Board of Directors on
    February 8, 2007

    Fourth Amendment and Restatement Adopted by Board of Directors
    on March 20, 2009

    Fourth Amendment and Restatement Approved by the Stockholders on
    May 14, 2009

    Fifth Amendment and Restatement Adopted by Board of Directors on
    March 9, 2011

    Fifth Amendment and Restatement Approved by the Stockholders on
    May 19, 2011

 

    Gen-Probe Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, has adopted The
    2003 Incentive Award Plan of Gen-Probe Incorporated (the
    “Plan”) for the benefit of its eligible Employees,
    Consultants and Directors.

 

    The purposes of the Plan are as follows:

 

    (1) To provide an additional incentive for Directors,
    Employees and Consultants (as such terms are defined below) to
    further the growth, development and financial success of the
    Company by personally benefiting through the ownership of
    Company stock
    and/or
    rights which recognize such growth, development and financial
    success.

 

    (2) To enable the Company to obtain and retain the services
    of Directors, Employees and Consultants considered essential to
    the long range success of the Company by offering them an
    opportunity to own stock in the Company
    and/or
    rights which will reflect the growth, development and financial
    success of the Company.

 

    ARTICLE I.

    

 

    DEFINITIONS
    

 

    1.1  General.  Whenever the following
    terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings
    specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

    1.2  Administrator.  “Administrator”
    shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration
    of the Plan as provided herein. With reference to the
    administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to
    Independent Directors, the term “Administrator” shall
    refer to the Board. With reference to the administration of the
    Plan with respect to any other Awards, the term
    “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee, except
    to the extent the Board has assumed the authority for
    administration of the Plan as provided in Section 11.2.

 

    1.3  Award.  “Award” shall
    mean an Option, a Restricted Stock award, a Restricted Stock
    Unit award, a Performance Award, a Dividend Equivalents award, a
    Deferred Stock award, a Stock Payment award or a Stock
    Appreciation Right, which may be awarded or granted under the
    Plan (collectively, “Awards”).

 

    1.4  Award Agreement.  “Award
    Agreement” shall mean a written agreement executed by an
    authorized officer of the Company and the Holder, which shall
    contain such terms and conditions with respect to an Award, as
    the Administrator shall determine, consistent with the Plan.

 

    1.5  Award Limit.  “Award
    Limit” shall mean Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of
    Common Stock, as adjusted pursuant to Section 12.3 of the
    Plan.

 

    1.6  Board.  “Board” shall
    mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

    1.7  Change in Control.  “Change
    in Control” shall mean a change in ownership or control of
    the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

    (a) any person or related group of persons (other than the
    Company or a person that, prior to such transaction, directly or
    indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common
    control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires
    beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
    Rule 13d-3
    under the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty
    percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the
    Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or
    exchange offer for securities of the Company;

 

    (b) there is a change in the composition of the Board over
    a period of thirty-six (36) consecutive months (or less)
    such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the
    nearest whole number) ceases, by reason of one or more proxy
    contests for the election of Board members, to be comprised of
    individuals who either (i) have been Board members
    continuously since the beginning of such period or
    (ii) have been elected or nominated for election as Board
    members during such period by at least a majority of the Board
    members described in clause (i) who were still in office at
    the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board;

 

    (c) a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
    corporation (or other entity), other than a merger or
    consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the
    Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to
    represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted
    into voting securities of the surviving entity or another
    entity) more than
    662/3%
    of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the
    Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after
    such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that a merger
    or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the
    Company (or similar transaction) in which no person acquires
    more than 25% of the combined voting power of the Company’s
    then outstanding voting securities shall not constitute a Change
    in Control; or

 

    (d) a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an
    agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
    substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

    1.8  Code.  “Code” shall
    mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
    time.

 

    1.9  Committee.  “Committee”
    shall mean the Board, or Compensation Committee of the Board, or
    another committee or subcommittee of the Board, appointed as
    provided in Section 11.1.

 

    1.10  Common Stock.  “Common
    Stock” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company, par
    value $0.0001 per share.

 

    1.11  Company.  “Company”
    shall mean Gen-Probe Incorporated, a Delaware corporation.

 

    1.12  Consultant.  “Consultant”
    shall mean any consultant or adviser (other than an Employee) if:

 

    (a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to
    the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

    (b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are
    not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a
    capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly
    promote or maintain a market for the Company’s
    securities; and

 

    (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has
    contracted directly with the Company or any Subsidiary to render
    such services.

 

    1.13  Deferred Stock.  “Deferred
    Stock” shall mean a right to receive Common Stock awarded
    under Section 9.4.

 

    1.14  Director.  “Director”
    shall mean a member of the Board, whether such Director is an
    Employee or an Independent Director.

 

    1.15  Dividend
    Equivalent.  “Dividend Equivalent” shall
    mean a right to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Common
    Stock) of dividends paid on Common Stock, awarded under
    Section 9.2.

    

    2

 

    1.16  DRO.  “DRO” shall
    mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or
    Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
    1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.

 

    1.17  Eligible
    Individual.  “Eligible Individual” shall
    mean any person who is an Employee, a Consultant or an
    Independent Director, as determined by the Administrator.

 

    1.18  Employee.  “Employee”
    shall mean any officer or other employee (as defined in
    accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the
    Company, or of any corporation which is a Subsidiary.

 

    1.19  Equity
    Restructuring.  “Equity Restructuring”
    shall mean a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and
    its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split,
    spin-off, rights offering or recapitalization through a large,
    nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of
    shares of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) or
    the share price of Common Stock (or other securities) and causes
    a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying
    outstanding Awards.

 

    1.20  Exchange Act.  “Exchange
    Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
    amended.

 

    1.21  Fair Market Value.  “Fair
    Market Value” shall mean, as of any date, the value of the
    Common Stock determined as follows:

 

    (a) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock
    exchange or a national market system, the Fair Market Value of a
    share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such
    stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted
    on such exchange or system (or the exchange or system with the
    greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) for such date,
    or if no bids or sales were reported for such date, then the
    closing sales price (or the closing bid, if no sales were
    reported) on the trading date immediately prior to such date
    during which a bid or sale occurred, in each case, as reported
    by The NASDAQ Stock Market or such other source as the Board
    deems reliable.

 

    (b) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock,
    the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the
    Board.

 

    1.22  Full Value Award.  “Full
    Value Award” shall mean any Award other than an Option or a
    Stock Appreciation Right.

 

    1.23  Holder.  “Holder”
    shall mean a person who has been granted or awarded an Award.

 

    1.24  Incentive Stock
    Option.  “Incentive Stock Option” shall
    mean an Option which conforms to the applicable provisions of
    Section 422 of the Code and which is designated as an
    Incentive Stock Option by the Administrator.

 

    1.25  Independent
    Director.  “Independent Director” shall
    mean a member of the Board who is not an Employee.

 

    1.26  Independent Director Equity Compensation
    Policy.  “Independent Director Equity
    Compensation Policy” shall mean a written non-discretionary
    formula to provide for granting Awards to Independent Directors
    that is established by the Administrator in accordance with
    Article X.

 

    1.27  Non-Qualified Stock
    Option.  “Non-Qualified Stock Option”
    shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive
    stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code
    and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

    1.28  Option.  “Option”
    shall mean a stock option granted under Article IV of the
    Plan. An Option granted under the Plan shall, as determined by
    the Administrator, be either a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an
    Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that Options granted
    to Independent Directors and Consultants shall be Non-Qualified
    Stock Options.

 

    1.29  Performance
    Award.  “Performance Award” shall mean a
    cash bonus award, stock bonus award, performance award or
    incentive award that is paid in cash, Common Stock or a
    combination of both, awarded under Section 9.1.

    

    3

 

    1.30  Performance-Based
    Compensation.  “Performance-Based
    Compensation” shall mean any compensation that is intended
    to qualify as “performance-based compensation” as
    described in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

 

    1.31  Performance
    Criteria.  “Performance Criteria” shall
    mean the following business criteria with respect to the
    Company, any Subsidiary or any division or operating unit:
    (a) revenue, (b) sales, (c) cash flow,
    (d) earnings per share of Common Stock (including earnings
    before any one or more of the following: (i) interest,
    (ii) taxes, (iii) depreciation and
    (iv) amortization), (e) return on equity,
    (f) total stockholder return, (g) return on capital,
    (h) return on assets or net assets, (i) income or net
    income, (j) operating income or net operating income,
    (k) operating profit or net operating profit,
    (l) operating margin, (m) cost reductions or savings,
    (n) research and development expenses (including research
    and development expenses as a percentage of sales or revenues);
    (o) working capital and (p) market share.

 

    1.32  Plan.  “Plan” shall
    mean The 2003 Incentive Award Plan of Gen-Probe Incorporated.

 

    1.33  Restricted
    Stock.  “Restricted Stock” shall mean
    Common Stock awarded under Article VII of the Plan.

 

    1.34  Restricted Stock
    Units.  “Restricted Stock Units” shall
    mean the right to receive Common Stock awarded under
    Section 9.5.

 

    1.35  Rule 16b-3.  “Rule 16b-3”
    shall mean that certain
    Rule 16b-3
    under the Exchange Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to
    time.

 

    1.36  Section 162(m)
    Employee.  “Section 162(m)
    Employee” shall mean any Employee designated by the
    Administrator as an Employee whose compensation for the fiscal
    year in which the Employee is so designated or a future fiscal
    year may be subject to the limit on deductible compensation
    imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

    1.37  Securities
    Act.  “Securities Act” shall mean the
    Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

    1.38  Stock Appreciation
    Right.  “Stock Appreciation Right” shall
    mean a stock appreciation right granted under Article VIII
    of the Plan.

 

    1.39  Stock Payment. “Stock Payment”
    shall mean (a) a payment in the form of shares of Common
    Stock, or (b) an option or other right to purchase shares
    of Common Stock, as part of a bonus, deferred compensation or
    other arrangement, awarded under Section 9.3.

 

    1.40  Subsidiary.  “Subsidiary”
    shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations
    beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other
    than the last corporation in the unbroken chain then owns stock
    possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined
    voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other
    corporations in such chain.

 

    1.41  Substitute
    Award.  “Substitute Award” shall mean an
    Option granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in
    substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted
    by another company or entity in connection with a corporate or
    similar transaction, such as a merger, combination,
    consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided,
    however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute
    Award” be construed to refer to an option granted in
    connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option.

 

    1.42  Termination of
    Consultancy.  “Termination of
    Consultancy” shall mean the time when the engagement of a
    Holder as a Consultant to the Company or a Subsidiary is
    terminated for any reason, with or without cause, including, but
    not by way of limitation, by resignation, discharge, death,
    disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where there
    is a simultaneous engagement by or commencement of employment
    with the Company or any Subsidiary or a parent corporation
    thereof (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code).
    The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine
    the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination
    of Consultancy, including, but not by way of limitation, the
    question of whether a Termination of Consultancy resulted from a
    discharge for cause, and all questions of whether a particular
    leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Consultancy.
    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company or
    any Subsidiary has an absolute and unrestricted right to
    terminate a Consultant’s service at any time for any reason
    whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent
    expressly provided otherwise in writing.

    

    4

 

    1.43  Termination of
    Directorship.  “Termination of
    Directorship” shall mean the time when a Holder who is an
    Independent Director ceases to be a Director for any reason,
    including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by
    resignation, removal, failure to be re-elected, death,
    disability or retirement. The Board, in its sole and absolute
    discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and
    questions relating to Termination of Directorship with respect
    to Independent Directors.

 

    1.44  Termination of
    Employment.  “Termination of Employment”
    shall mean the time when the employee-employer relationship
    between a Holder and the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated
    for any reason, with or without cause, including, but not by way
    of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death,
    disability or retirement; but excluding (a) terminations
    where there is a simultaneous reemployment or continuing
    employment of a Holder by the Company or any Subsidiary or a
    parent corporation thereof (within the meaning of
    Section 424 of the Code), (b) at the discretion of the
    Administrator, terminations which result in a temporary
    severance of the employee-employer relationship, and (c) at
    the discretion of the Administrator, terminations which are
    followed by the simultaneous establishment of a consulting
    relationship by the Company or a Subsidiary with the former
    employee, until the consultancy terminates and
    (d) terminations of employment due to retirement which are
    followed by the continuing service of the Holder as a Director
    of the Company, until such service as a director terminates. The
    Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the
    effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of
    Employment, including, but not by way of limitation, the
    question of whether a Termination of Employment resulted from a
    discharge for cause, and all questions of whether a particular
    leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment;
    provided, however, that, with respect to Incentive Stock
    Options, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in its
    discretion, a leave of absence, change in status from an
    employee to an independent contractor or other change in the
    employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of
    Employment if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence,
    change in status or other change interrupts employment for the
    purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then
    applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section.

 

    ARTICLE II.

    

 

    SHARES SUBJECT
    TO PLAN
    

 

    2.1  Shares Subject to Plan.

 

    (a) The shares of stock subject to Awards shall be Common
    Stock, subject to Section 12.3 of the Plan. The aggregate
    number of such shares which may be issued upon exercise of such
    Options or rights or upon any such Awards under the Plan shall
    not exceed Thirteen Million (13,000,000) shares. No additional
    shares may be authorized for issuance under the Plan without
    stockholder approval (subject to adjustment as set forth in
    Section 12.3). The shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of such Options or rights or upon any such Awards may
    be either previously authorized but unissued shares or treasury
    shares.

 

    (b) Subject to Section 2.2, the number of shares
    available for issuance under the Plan shall be reduced by:
    (i) one (1) share for each share of stock issued
    pursuant to (A) an Option granted under Article IV,
    (B) an award of Restricted Stock under Article VII
    granted prior to May 17, 2006 and (C) a Stock
    Appreciation Right granted under Article VIII with respect
    to which the exercise price is at least one hundred percent
    (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the underlying Common Stock
    on the date of grant; and (ii) two (2.0) shares for each
    share of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Full Value Award
    granted after May 17, 2006.

 

    (c) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may
    be subject to Awards granted under the Plan to any individual in
    any calendar year shall not exceed the Award Limit. To the
    extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, shares
    subject to Options that are canceled continue to be counted
    against the Award Limit. The maximum aggregate amount of cash
    that may be paid during any calendar year with respect to one or
    more Awards payable in cash shall be $3,000,000.

 

    2.2  Add-Back of Options and Other
    Rights.  If any Option or other right to acquire
    shares of Common Stock under any other Award under the Plan
    expires or is canceled without having been fully exercised, or
    is exercised in whole or in part for cash as permitted by the
    Plan, then the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such
    Option or other right but as to which such Option or other right
    was not exercised prior to its expiration or

    

    5

 

    cancellation may again be optioned, granted or awarded
    hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 2.1;
    provided that to the extent there is issued a share of Common
    Stock pursuant to an Award that counted as two (2.0) shares
    against the number of shares available for issuance under the
    Plan pursuant to Section 2.1(b) and such share of Common
    Stock again becomes available for issuance under the Plan
    pursuant to this Section 2.2, then the number of shares of
    Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall
    increase by two (2.0) shares. Furthermore, any shares subject to
    Awards which are adjusted pursuant to Section 12.3 and
    become exercisable with respect to shares of stock of another
    corporation shall be considered cancelled and may again be
    optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the
    limitations of Section 2.1. Shares of Common Stock which
    are delivered by the Holder or withheld by the Company upon the
    exercise of any Award under the Plan, in payment of the exercise
    price thereof or tax withholding thereon, and shares of Common
    Stock that were subject to a stock-settled Stock Appreciation
    Right and were not issued upon the settlement or net exercise of
    such Stock Appreciation Right may not again be optioned, granted
    or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of
    Section 2.1. If any shares of Restricted Stock are
    surrendered by the Holder or repurchased by the Company pursuant
    to Section 7.4 or 7.5 hereof, such shares may again be
    optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the
    provisions of Section 2.1. Notwithstanding the provisions
    of this Section 2.2, no shares of Common Stock may again be
    optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an
    Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an “incentive
    stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. The
    payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any
    outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares
    available for issuance under the Plan.

 

    ARTICLE III.

    

 

    GRANTING OF
    AWARDS
    

 

    3.1  Award Agreement.  Each Award
    shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Award Agreements
    evidencing Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based
    Compensation shall contain such terms and conditions as may be
    necessary to meet the applicable provisions of
    Section 162(m) of the Code. Award Agreements evidencing
    Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions
    as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of
    Section 422 of the Code.

 

    3.2  Provisions Applicable to Section 162(m)
    Employees.

 

    (a) The Committee, in its discretion, may determine whether
    an Award is to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

    (b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
    the Committee may grant any Award to a Section 162(m)
    Employee that vests or becomes exercisable or payable upon the
    attainment of performance goals which are related to one or more
    of the Performance Criteria, including Restricted Stock the
    restrictions to which lapse upon the obtainment of performance
    goals which are related to one or more of the Performance
    Criteria.

 

    (c) To the extent necessary to comply with the requirements
    of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code, with respect to any
    Award granted under Article VII or IX which may be granted
    to one or more Section 162(m) Employees, no later than
    ninety (90) days following the commencement of any fiscal
    year in question or any other designated fiscal period or period
    of service (or such other time as may be required or permitted
    by Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, in
    writing, (i) designate one or more Section 162(m)
    Employees, (ii) select the Performance Criteria applicable
    to the fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period
    of service, (iii) establish the various performance
    targets, in terms of an objective formula or standard, and
    amounts of such Awards, as applicable, which may be earned for
    such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period of
    service, and (iv) specify the relationship between
    Performance Criteria and the performance targets and the amounts
    of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each
    Section 162(m) Employee for such fiscal year or other
    designated fiscal period or period of service. Following the
    completion of each fiscal year or other designated fiscal period
    or period of service, the Committee shall certify in writing
    whether the applicable performance targets have been achieved
    for such fiscal year or other designated fiscal period or period
    of service. In determining the amount earned by a
    Section 162(m) Employee, the Committee shall have the right
    to reduce (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given
    level of performance to take into account additional factors
    that the Committee may deem relevant to the assessment of
    individual or corporate performance for the fiscal year or other
    designated fiscal period or period of service.

    

    6

 

    (d) Furthermore, notwithstanding any other provision of the
    Plan, any Award that is granted to a Section 162(m)
    Employee and is intended to qualify as Performance-Based
    Compensation shall be subject to any additional limitations set
    forth in Section 162(m) of the Code (including any
    amendment to Section 162(m) of the Code) or any regulations
    or rulings issued thereunder that are requirements for
    qualification as Performance-Based Compensation and the Plan and
    such Awards shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to
    conform to such requirements.

 

    3.3  Limitations Applicable to
    Section 16 Persons.  Notwithstanding any
    other provision of the Plan, the Plan, and any Award granted or
    awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16
    of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional
    limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under
    Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to
    Rule 16b-3
    of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application
    of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable
    law, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be
    deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such
    applicable exemptive rule.

 

    3.4  At-Will Employment.  Nothing in
    the Plan or in any Award Agreement hereunder shall confer upon
    any Holder any right to continue in the employ of, or as a
    Consultant for, the Company or any Subsidiary, or as a Director
    of the Company, or shall interfere with or restrict in any way
    the rights of the Company and any Subsidiary, which are hereby
    expressly reserved, to discharge any Holder at any time for any
    reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent
    expressly provided otherwise in a written employment or
    consulting agreement between the Holder and the Company and any
    Subsidiary.

 

    3.5  Foreign
    Holders.  Notwithstanding any provision of the
    Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other
    countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or
    have Employees, Independent Directors or Consultants, or in
    order to comply with the requirements of any foreign stock
    exchange, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall have
    the power and authority to: (a) determine which
    Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine
    which Eligible Individuals outside the United States are
    eligible to participate in the Plan; (c) modify the terms
    and conditions of any Award granted to Eligible Individuals
    outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws
    or listing requirements of any such foreign stock exchange;
    (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and
    other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be
    necessary or advisable (any such subplans
    and/or
    modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices);
    provided, however, that no such subplans
    and/or
    modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in
    Section 2.1 and (e) take any action, before or after
    an Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or
    comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory
    exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such
    foreign stock exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
    Administrator may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards
    shall be granted, that would violate the Code, the Exchange Act,
    the Securities Act or any other securities law or governing
    statute or any other applicable law.

 

    ARTICLE IV.

    

 

    GRANTING OF
    OPTIONS
    

 

    4.1  Eligibility.  Any Employee or
    Consultant selected by the Committee pursuant to
    Section 4.4(a)(i) shall be eligible to be granted an
    Option. Any Independent Director shall be eligible to be granted
    an Option pursuant to the Independent Director Equity
    Compensation Policy. All grants, other than those made pursuant
    to the Independent Director Equity Compensation Policy, shall be
    made at the discretion of the Committee or the Board, as the
    case may be, and no person shall be entitled to a grant of an
    Option as a matter of right.

 

    4.2  Disqualification for Stock
    Ownership.  No person may be granted an Incentive
    Stock Option under the Plan if such person, at the time the
    Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock possessing more
    than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all
    classes of stock of the Company or any then existing Subsidiary
    or parent corporation (within the meaning of Section 424 of
    the Code) unless such Incentive Stock Option conforms to the
    applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code.

 

    4.3  Qualification of Incentive Stock
    Options.  No Incentive Stock Option shall be
    granted to any person who is not an Employee.

    

    7

 

    4.4  Granting of Options to Employees and
    Consultants.

 

    (a) The Committee shall from time to time, in its absolute
    discretion, and subject to applicable limitations of the Plan:

 

    (i) Select from among the Employees or Consultants
    (including Employees or Consultants who have previously been
    granted Awards under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion
    should be granted Options;

 

    (ii) Subject to the Award Limit, determine the number of
    shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Options granted to
    the selected Employees or Consultants;

 

    (iii) Subject to Section 4.3, determine whether such
    Options are to be Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock
    Options and whether such Options are to qualify as
    Performance-Based Compensation; and

 

    (iv) Determine the terms and conditions of such Options,
    consistent with the Plan; provided, however, that the terms and
    conditions of Options intended to qualify as Performance-Based
    Compensation shall include, but not be limited to, such terms
    and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable
    provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

    (b) Upon the selection of an Employee or Consultant to be
    granted an Option, the Committee shall instruct the Secretary of
    the Company to issue the Option and may impose such conditions
    on the grant of the Option as it deems appropriate, and the
    Committee shall authorize one or more of the officers of the
    Company to prepare, execute and deliver the Award Agreement with
    respect to such Option.

 

    (c) Any Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan may
    be modified by the Committee, with the consent of the Holder, to
    disqualify such Option from treatment as an “incentive
    stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

 

    4.5  Options in Lieu of Cash
    Compensation.  Options may be granted under the
    Plan to Employees and Consultants in lieu of cash bonuses that
    would otherwise be payable to such Employees and Consultants
    pursuant to such policies that may be adopted by the
    Administrator from time to time and to Independent Directors in
    lieu of directors’ fees that would otherwise be payable to
    such Independent Directors pursuant to the Independent Director
    Equity Compensation Policy.

 

    ARTICLE V.

    

 

    TERMS OF
    OPTIONS
    

 

    5.1  Option Price.  The price per
    share of the shares of Common Stock subject to each Option
    granted to Employees and Consultants shall be set by the
    Committee; provided, however, that such price shall be no less
    than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on
    the date the Option is granted, and:

 

    (a) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, such price
    shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share
    of Common Stock on the date the Option is modified, extended or
    renewed for purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code; and

 

    (b) in the case of Incentive Stock Options granted to an
    individual then owning (within the meaning of
    Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total
    combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or
    any Subsidiary or parent corporation thereof (within the meaning
    of Section 422 of the Code), such price shall not be less
    than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on
    the date the Option is granted (or the date the Option is
    modified, extended or renewed for purposes of
    Section 424(h) of the Code).

 

    5.2  Option Term.  The term of an
    Option granted to an Employee or Consultant shall be set by the
    Committee in its absolute discretion; provided, however, that
    the term shall not be more than ten (10) years from the
    date the Option is granted; provided, further, however, that the
    term of any Option granted after May 17, 2006 shall not be
    more than seven (7) years from the date the Option is
    granted; and, provided, further, that, in the case of Incentive
    Stock Options, the term shall not be more than five
    (5) years from the date the Incentive Stock Option is
    granted if the Incentive Stock Option is granted to an
    individual then owning (within the meaning of
    Section 424(d)

    

    8

 

    of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of
    all classes of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary or parent
    corporation thereof (within the meaning of Section 424 of
    the Code). Except as limited by requirements of Section 422
    of the Code and regulations and rulings thereunder applicable to
    Incentive Stock Options, as well as any applicable requirements
    of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance and
    regulations thereunder, the Committee may extend the term of any
    outstanding Option in connection with any Termination of
    Employment or Termination of Consultancy of the Holder, or amend
    any other term or condition of such Option relating to such a
    termination; provided, however, that any extended term shall not
    be more than seven (7) years from the date the Option is
    granted.

 

    5.3  Option Vesting.

 

    (a) The period during which the right to exercise, in whole
    or in part, an Option granted to an Employee or a Consultant
    vests in the Holder shall be set by the Committee and the
    Committee may determine that an Option may not be exercised in
    whole or in part for a specified period after it is granted.
    Subject to the provisions of the prior sentence, at any time
    after grant of an Option, the Committee may, in its absolute
    discretion and subject to whatever terms and conditions it
    selects, accelerate the period during which an Option granted to
    an Employee or Consultant vests and becomes exercisable.

 

    (b) No portion of an Option granted to an Employee or
    Consultant which is unexercisable at Termination of Employment
    or Termination of Consultancy, as applicable, shall thereafter
    become exercisable, except as may be otherwise provided by the
    Committee either in the Award Agreement or by action of the
    Committee following the grant of the Option.

 

    (c) To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of
    stock with respect to which “incentive stock options”
    (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, but without
    regard to Section 422(d) of the Code) are exercisable for
    the first time by a Holder during any calendar year (under the
    Plan and all other incentive stock option plans of the Company
    and any parent or subsidiary corporation (within the meaning of
    Section 422 of the Code) of the Company), exceeds $100,000,
    such Options or other options shall be treated as non-qualified
    stock options to the extent required by Section 422 of the
    Code. The rule set forth in the preceding sentence shall be
    applied by taking Options or other options into account in the
    order in which they were granted. For purposes of this
    Section 5.3(c), the Fair Market Value of stock shall be
    determined as of the time the Option or other options with
    respect to such stock is granted.

 

    5.4  Terms of Options Granted to Independent
    Directors.  The price per share of the shares
    subject to each Option granted to an Independent Director shall
    equal 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock
    on the date the Option is granted. The period during which the
    right to exercise, in whole or in part, an Option granted to an
    Independent Director vests in the Holder and the term of such
    Option shall be set forth in the Independent Director Equity
    Compensation Policy; provided, however, that the term of any
    Option granted after May 17, 2006 shall not be more than
    seven (7) years from the date the Option is granted. Except
    as otherwise provided in the Independent Director Equity
    Compensation Policy, no portion of an Option which is
    unexercisable at Termination of Directorship shall thereafter
    become exercisable. Options granted to Independent Directors
    shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as are
    determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Independent
    Director Equity Compensation Policy.

 

    5.5  Substitute
    Awards.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
    of this Article V to the contrary, in the case of an Option
    that is a Substitute Award, the price per share of the shares
    subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value
    per share on the date of grant, provided, that the excess of:

 

    (a) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such
    Substitute Award is granted) of the shares subject to the
    Substitute Award; over

 

    (b) the aggregate exercise price thereof; does not exceed
    the excess of;

 

    (c) the aggregate fair market value (as of the time
    immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the
    Substitute Award, such fair market value to be determined by the
    Administrator) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were
    subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Company;
    over

 

    (d) the aggregate exercise price of such shares.

    

    9

 

    5.6  Restrictions on Common Stock.

 

    The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide under the
    terms of an Option that shares of Common Stock purchased upon
    exercise of such Option shall be subject to repurchase from the
    Holder by the Company, or shall be subject to such restrictions
    as the Administrator shall provide, which restrictions may
    include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting
    rights and transferability and restrictions based on duration of
    employment with the Company and the Subsidiaries, Company
    performance and individual performance; provided, however, that,
    by action taken before or after the Common Stock is purchased
    upon exercise of the Option, the Administrator may, on such
    terms and conditions as it may determine to be appropriate,
    terminate the Company’s repurchase right or remove any or
    all of the restrictions imposed by the terms of the Award
    Agreement. The Company’s right to repurchase the Common
    Stock from the Holder then subject to the right shall provide
    that immediately upon a Termination of Employment, a Termination
    of Consultancy, or a Termination of Directorship, as applicable,
    and for such period as the Administrator shall determine, the
    Company shall have the right to purchase the Common Stock at a
    price per share equal to the price paid by the Holder for such
    Common Stock, or such other price as is determined by the
    Administrator; provided, however, that, in the event of a Change
    in Control, such right of repurchase shall terminate immediately
    prior to the effective date of such Change in Control. Shares of
    Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option may not be
    sold, transferred or encumbered until any repurchase right and
    any and all restrictions are terminated or expire. The Secretary
    of the Company or such other escrow holder as the Administrator
    may appoint shall retain physical custody of each certificate
    representing such shares of Common Stock until the repurchase
    right and any and all of the restrictions imposed under the
    Award Agreement with respect to the shares evidenced by such
    certificate terminate, expire or shall have been removed. In
    order to enforce the restrictions imposed upon shares of Common
    Stock hereunder, the Administrator shall cause a legend or
    legends to be placed on certificates representing all shares of
    Common Stock that are still subject to any repurchase right or
    restrictions under Award Agreements, which legend or legends
    shall make appropriate reference to the conditions imposed
    thereby. If a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b)
    of the Code, or any successor section thereto, to be taxed with
    respect to the Common Stock as of the date of transfer of the
    Common Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which the
    Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a) of
    the Code, the Holder shall deliver a copy of such election to
    the Company immediately after filing such election with the
    Internal Revenue Service.

 

    ARTICLE VI.

    

 

    EXERCISE OF
    OPTIONS
    

 

    6.1  Partial Exercise.  An
    exercisable Option may be exercised in whole or in part.
    However, an Option shall not be exercisable with respect to
    fractional shares and the Administrator may require that, by the
    terms of the Option, a partial exercise be with respect to a
    minimum number of shares.

 

    6.2  Manner of Exercise.  All or a
    portion of an exercisable Option shall be deemed exercised upon
    delivery of all of the following to the Secretary of the Company
    or his office:

 

    (a) A written notice complying with the applicable rules
    established by the Administrator stating that the Option, or a
    portion thereof, is exercised. The notice shall be signed by the
    Holder or other person then entitled to exercise the Option or
    such portion of the Option;

 

    (b) Such representations and documents as the
    Administrator, in its absolute discretion, deems necessary or
    advisable to effect compliance with all applicable provisions of
    the Securities Act and any other federal or state securities
    laws or regulations. The Administrator may, in its absolute
    discretion, also take whatever additional actions it deems
    appropriate to effect such compliance including, without
    limitation, placing legends on share certificates and issuing
    stop-transfer notices to agents and registrars;

 

    (c) In the event that the Option shall be exercised
    pursuant to Section 12.1 by any person or persons other
    than the Holder, appropriate proof of the right of such person
    or persons to exercise the Option; and

 

    (d) Full cash payment to the Secretary of the Company, or
    such other person or entity designated by the Administrator, for
    the shares with respect to which the Option, or portion thereof,
    is exercised. However, the

    

    10

 

    Administrator, may in its sole and absolute discretion
    (i) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the
    delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Holder duly
    endorsed for transfer to the Company (or the Holder’s
    attestation of ownership of such shares) with a Fair Market
    Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise
    price of the Option or exercised portion thereof;
    (ii) allow payment, in whole or in part, through the
    surrender of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise
    of the Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of Option
    exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or
    exercised portion thereof; (iii) allow payment, in whole or
    in part, through the delivery of a notice that the Holder has
    placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares
    of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and
    that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of
    the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of
    the Option exercise price, provided that payment of such
    proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such
    sale; (iv) allow payment in another form of legal
    consideration acceptable to the Administrator; or (v) allow
    payment through any combination of the consideration provided in
    the foregoing subparagraphs (i)-(iv).

 

    6.3  Conditions to Issuance of Stock
    Certificates.  The Company shall not be required
    to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares
    of stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option or portion
    thereof prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

 

    (a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock
    exchanges on which such class of stock is then listed;

 

    (b) The completion of any registration or other
    qualification of such shares under any state or federal law, or
    under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange
    Commission or any other governmental regulatory body which the
    Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary
    or advisable;

 

    (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from
    any state or federal governmental agency which the Administrator
    shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or
    advisable;

 

    (d) The lapse of such reasonable period of time following
    the exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish
    from time to time for reasons of administrative
    convenience; and

 

    (e) The receipt by the Company of full payment for such
    shares, including payment of any applicable withholding tax,
    which in the discretion of the Administrator may be in the form
    of consideration used by the Holder to pay for such shares under
    Section 6.2(d).

 

    6.4  Rights as Stockholders.  Holders
    shall not be, nor have any of the rights or privileges of,
    stockholders of the Company in respect of any shares purchasable
    upon the exercise of any part of an Option unless and until
    certificates representing such shares have been issued by the
    Company to such Holders.

 

    6.5  Ownership and Transfer
    Restrictions.  The Administrator, in its absolute
    discretion, may impose such restrictions on the ownership and
    transferability of the shares purchasable upon the exercise of
    an Option as it deems appropriate. Any such restriction shall be
    set forth in the respective Award Agreement and may be referred
    to on the certificates evidencing such shares. The Holder shall
    give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of shares of
    Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option
    within (a) two years from the date of granting (including
    the date the Option is modified, extended or renewed for
    purposes of Section 424(h) of the Code) such Option to such
    Holder or (b) one year after the transfer of such shares to
    such Holder.

 

    6.6  Limitations on Exercise of Options Granted to
    Independent Directors.  No Option granted to an
    Independent Director may be exercised to any extent by anyone
    after the first to occur of the following events:

 

    (a) The expiration of 12 months from the date of the
    Holder’s death;

 

    (b) The expiration of 12 months from the date of the
    Holder’s Termination of Directorship by reason of his or
    her permanent and total disability (within the meaning of
    Section 22(e)(3) of the Code); or

 

    (c) Except as otherwise provided in any Award Agreement or
    the Independent Director Equity Compensation Policy, the
    expiration of three months from the date of the Holder’s
    Termination of Directorship for any reason other than such
    Holder’s death or his or her permanent and total
    disability, unless the Holder dies within said three-month
    period.

    

    11

 

    6.7  Additional Limitations on Exercise of
    Options.  Holders may be required to comply with
    any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement
    or exercise of an Option, including a window-period limitation,
    as may be imposed in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

    ARTICLE VII.

    

 

    AWARD OF
    RESTRICTED STOCK
    

 

    7.1  Eligibility.  Subject to the
    Award Limit, Restricted Stock may be awarded to any Eligible
    Individual who the Administrator determines should receive such
    an Award.

 

    7.2  Award of Restricted Stock.

 

    (a) The Administrator may from time to time, in its
    absolute discretion:

 

    (i) Select from among the Eligible Individuals (including
    Eligible Individuals who have previously been granted other
    Awards under the Plan) such of them as in its opinion should be
    awarded Restricted Stock; and

 

    (ii) Determine the purchase price, if any, and other terms
    and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock, consistent
    with the Plan.

 

    (b) The Administrator shall establish the purchase price,
    if any, and form of payment for Restricted Stock; provided,
    however, that such purchase price shall be no less than the par
    value of the Common Stock to be purchased, unless otherwise
    permitted by applicable state law. In all cases, legal
    consideration shall be required for each issuance of Restricted
    Stock.

 

    (c) Upon the selection of an Eligible Individual to be
    awarded Restricted Stock, the Administrator shall instruct the
    Secretary of the Company to issue such Restricted Stock and may
    impose such conditions on the issuance of such Restricted Stock
    as it deems appropriate, and the Committee shall authorize one
    or more officers of the Company to prepare, execute and deliver
    the Award Agreement with respect to such Restricted Stock.

 

    7.3  Rights as Stockholders.  Subject
    to Section 7.4, upon delivery of the shares of Restricted
    Stock to the escrow holder pursuant to Section 7.6, the
    Holder shall have, unless otherwise provided by the
    Administrator, all the rights of a stockholder with respect to
    said shares, subject to the restrictions in his Award Agreement,
    including the right to receive all dividends and other
    distributions paid or made with respect to the shares; provided,
    however, that in the discretion of the Administrator, any
    extraordinary distributions with respect to the Common Stock
    shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in
    Section 7.4.

 

    7.4  Restriction.  All shares of
    Restricted Stock issued under the Plan (including any shares
    received by holders thereof with respect to shares of Restricted
    Stock as a result of stock dividends, stock splits or any other
    form of recapitalization) shall, in the terms of each individual
    Award Agreement, be subject to such restrictions as the
    Administrator shall provide, if any, which restrictions may
    include, without limitation, restrictions concerning voting
    rights and transferability and restrictions based on duration of
    employment with the Company, Company performance and individual
    performance; provided, however, that, except with respect to
    shares of Restricted Stock granted to Section 162(m)
    Employees, by action taken after the Restricted Stock is issued,
    the Administrator may, on such terms and conditions as it may
    determine to be appropriate, remove any or all of the
    restrictions imposed by the terms of the Award Agreement subject
    to the limitations contained herein. Restricted Stock may not be
    sold or encumbered until all restrictions are terminated or
    expire. If no consideration was paid by the Holder upon
    issuance, a Holder’s rights in unvested Restricted Stock
    shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall be surrendered to
    the Company without consideration, upon Termination of
    Employment, Termination of Consultancy or, if applicable, upon
    Termination of Directorship; provided, however, that the
    Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion may provide
    that such rights shall not lapse in the event of a Termination
    of Employment because of the Holder’s death or disability.

 

    7.5  Repurchase of Restricted
    Stock.  The Administrator shall provide in the
    terms of each individual Award Agreement that the Company shall
    have the right to repurchase from the Holder the Restricted
    Stock then subject to restrictions under the Award Agreement
    immediately upon a Termination of Employment, a Termination of
    Consultancy, or, if applicable, a Termination of Directorship at
    a cash price per share equal to the price paid by the

    

    12

 

    Holder for such Restricted Stock; provided, however, that the
    Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may provide that
    no such right of repurchase shall exist in the event of a
    Termination of Employment following a “change of ownership
    or control” (within the meaning of Treasury
    Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2)(v)
    or any successor regulation thereto) of the Company or because
    of the Holder’s death or disability; provided, further,
    that, except with respect to shares of Restricted Stock granted
    to Section 162(m) Employees, the Committee in its sole and
    absolute discretion may provide that no such right of repurchase
    shall exist in the event of a Termination of Employment, a
    Termination of Consultancy or a Termination of Directorship
    without cause or following any Change in Control of the Company
    or because of the Holder’s retirement, or otherwise.

 

    7.6  Escrow.  The Secretary of the
    Company or such other escrow holder as the Administrator may
    appoint shall retain physical custody of each certificate
    representing Restricted Stock until all of the restrictions
    imposed under the Award Agreement with respect to the shares
    evidenced by such certificate expire or shall have been removed.

 

    7.7  Legend.  In order to enforce the
    restrictions imposed upon shares of Restricted Stock hereunder,
    the Administrator shall cause a legend or legends to be placed
    on certificates representing all shares of Restricted Stock that
    are still subject to restrictions under Award Agreements, which
    legend or legends shall make appropriate reference to the
    conditions imposed thereby.

 

    7.8  Section 83(b) Election.  If
    a Holder makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code,
    or any successor section thereto, to be taxed with respect to
    the Restricted Stock as of the date of transfer of the
    Restricted Stock rather than as of the date or dates upon which
    the Holder would otherwise be taxable under Section 83(a)
    of the Code, the Holder shall deliver a copy of such election to
    the Company immediately after filing such election with the
    Internal Revenue Service.

 

    7.9  Restricted Stock in Lieu of Cash
    Compensation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
    the contrary, shares of Restricted Stock may be granted to
    Independent Directors in lieu of directors’ fees which
    would otherwise be payable to such Independent Directors
    pursuant to the Independent Director Equity Compensation Policy.

 

    ARTICLE VIII.

    

 

    STOCK
    APPRECIATION RIGHTS
    

 

    8.1  Grant of Stock Appreciation
    Rights.  A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted
    to any Eligible Individual selected by the Administrator. A
    Stock Appreciation Right may be granted (a) in connection
    and simultaneously with the grant of an Option, (b) with
    respect to a previously granted Option, or (c) independent
    of an Option. The exercise price per share of Common Stock
    subject to each Stock Appreciation Right shall be set by the
    Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the per share
    Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date the Stock
    Appreciation Right is granted. A Stock Appreciation Right shall
    be subject to such other terms and conditions not inconsistent
    with the Plan as the Administrator shall impose and shall be
    evidenced by an Award Agreement.

 

    8.2  Coupled Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

    (a) A Coupled Stock Appreciation Right (“CSAR”)
    shall be related to a particular Option and shall be exercisable
    only when and to the extent the related Option is exercisable.

 

    (b) A CSAR may be granted to the Holder for no more than
    the number of shares subject to the simultaneously or previously
    granted Option to which it is coupled.

 

    (c) A CSAR shall entitle the Holder (or other person
    entitled to exercise the Option pursuant to the Plan) to
    surrender to the Company unexercised a portion of the Option to
    which the CSAR relates (to the extent then exercisable pursuant
    to its terms) and to receive from the Company in exchange
    therefor an amount determined by multiplying the difference
    obtained by subtracting the Option exercise price from the Fair
    Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise
    of the CSAR by the number of shares of Common Stock with respect
    to which the CSAR shall have been exercised, subject to any
    limitations the Administrator may impose.

    

    13

 

    8.3  Independent Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

    (a) An Independent Stock Appreciation Right
    (“ISAR”) shall be unrelated to any Option and shall
    have a term set by the Administrator; provided, however, that
    the term shall not be more than seven (7) years from the
    date the ISAR is granted. An ISAR shall be exercisable in such
    installments as the Administrator may determine. Subject to the
    provisions of the prior sentence, at any time after grant of an
    ISAR, the Administrator may, in its absolute discretion and
    subject to whatever terms and conditions it selects, accelerate
    the period during which an Option granted to an Employee or
    Consultant vests and becomes exercisable. An ISAR shall cover
    such number of shares of Common Stock as the Administrator may
    determine. The exercise price per share of Common Stock subject
    to each ISAR shall be set by the Committee. An ISAR is
    exercisable only while the Holder is an Employee, Consultant or
    Director; provided that the Committee may determine that the
    ISAR may be exercised subsequent to Termination of Employment,
    Termination of Consultancy or Termination of Directorship
    without cause, or following a Change in Control of the Company,
    or because of the Holder’s retirement, death or disability,
    or otherwise.

 

    (b) An ISAR shall entitle the Holder (or other person
    entitled to exercise the ISAR pursuant to the Plan) to exercise
    all or a specified portion of the ISAR (to the extent then
    exercisable pursuant to its terms) and to receive from the
    Company an amount determined by multiplying the difference
    obtained by subtracting the exercise price per share of the ISAR
    from the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the
    date of exercise of the ISAR by the number of shares of Common
    Stock with respect to which the ISAR shall have been exercised,
    subject to any limitations the Administrator may impose.

 

    8.4  Payment and Limitations on Exercise.

 

    (a) Payment of the amounts determined under
    Section 8.2(c) and 8.3(b) above shall be in cash, in Common
    Stock (based on its Fair Market Value as of the date the Stock
    Appreciation Right is exercised) or a combination of both, as
    determined by the Administrator. To the extent such payment is
    effected in Common Stock it shall be made subject to
    satisfaction of all provisions of Section 6.3 above
    pertaining to Options.

 

    (b) Holders of Stock Appreciation Rights may be required to
    comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the
    settlement or exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, including
    a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion
    of the Administrator.

 

    ARTICLE IX.

    

 

    AWARD OF
    PERFORMANCE AWARDS, DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS, DEFERRED STOCK,
    

    STOCK PAYMENTS AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

    9.1  Performance Awards.

 

    (a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Performance
    Awards to any Eligible Individual and to determine whether such
    Performance Awards shall be Performance-Based Compensation. The
    value of Performance Awards may be linked to any one or more of
    the Performance Criteria or other specific criteria determined
    by the Administrator, in each case on a specified date or dates
    or over any period or periods determined by the Administrator.
    In making such determinations, the Administrator shall consider
    (among such other factors as it deems relevant in light of the
    specific type of Award) the contributions, responsibilities and
    other compensation of the particular Eligible Individual.
    Performance Awards may be paid in cash, shares of Common Stock,
    or both, as determined by the Administrator.

 

    (b) Without limiting Section 9.1(a), the Administrator
    may grant Performance Awards to any Eligible Individual in the
    form of a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of objective
    Performance Goals, or such other criteria, whether or not
    objective, which are established by the Administrator, in each
    case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods
    determined by the Administrator. Any such bonuses paid to a
    Holder which are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation
    shall be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas
    established in accordance with the provisions of Article 5.
    Additionally, any such bonuses paid to any Eligible Individual
    shall be subject to the Award Limit.

    

    14

 

    9.2  Dividend Equivalents.

 

    (a) Dividend Equivalents may be granted by the
    Administrator based on dividends declared on the Common Stock
    subject to any Award, to be credited as of dividend payment
    dates during the period between the date an Award is granted to
    a Holder and the date such Award vests, is exercised, is
    distributed or expires, as determined by the Administrator. Such
    Dividend Equivalents shall be converted to cash or additional
    shares of Common Stock by such formula and at such time and
    subject to such limitations as may be determined by the
    Administrator.

 

    (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Dividend Equivalents
    shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation
    Rights.

 

    9.3  Stock Payments.  The
    Administrator is authorized to make Stock Payments to any
    Eligible Individual. The number or value of shares of any Stock
    Payment shall be determined by the Administrator and may be
    based upon one or more Performance Criteria or any other
    specific criteria, including service to the Company or any
    Subsidiary, determined by the Administrator. Common Stock
    underlying a Stock Payment which is subject to a vesting
    schedule or other conditions or criteria set by the
    Administrator will not be issued until those conditions have
    been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator,
    a Holder of a Stock Payment shall have no rights as a Company
    stockholder with respect to such Stock Payment until such time
    as the Stock Payment has vested and the Common Stock underlying
    the Award have been issued to the Holder. Stock Payments may,
    but are not required to be made in lieu of base salary, bonus,
    fees or other cash compensation otherwise payable to such
    Eligible Individual.

 

    9.4  Deferred Stock.  The
    Administrator is authorized to grant Deferred Stock to any
    Eligible Individual. The number of shares of Deferred Stock
    shall be determined by the Administrator and may be based on one
    or more Performance Criteria or other specific criteria,
    including service to the Company or any Subsidiary, as the
    Administrator determines, in each case on a specified date or
    dates or over any period or periods determined by the
    Administrator. Common Stock underlying a Deferred Stock award
    which is subject to a vesting schedule or other conditions or
    criteria set by the Administrator will not be issued until those
    conditions have been satisfied. Unless otherwise provided by the
    Administrator, a Holder of Deferred Stock shall have no rights
    as a Company stockholder with respect to such Deferred Stock
    until such time as the Award has vested and the Common Stock
    underlying the Award has been issued to the Holder.

 

    9.5  Restricted Stock Units.  The
    Administrator is authorized to grant Restricted Stock Units to
    any Eligible Individual. The number and terms and conditions of
    Restricted Stock Units shall be determined by the Administrator.
    The Administrator shall specify the date or dates on which the
    Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested and
    nonforfeitable, and may specify such conditions to vesting as it
    deems appropriate, including conditions based on one or more
    Performance Criteria or other specific criteria, including
    service to the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case on a
    specified date or dates or over any period or periods, as the
    Administrator determines,. The Administrator shall specify, or
    permit the Holder to elect, the conditions and dates upon which
    the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units
    which shall be issued, which dates shall not be earlier than the
    date as of which the Restricted Stock Units vest and become
    nonforfeitable and which conditions and dates shall be subject
    to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. On the
    distribution dates, the Company shall issue to the Holder one
    unrestricted, fully transferable share of Common Stock for each
    vested and nonforfeitable Restricted Stock Unit.

 

    9.6  Term.  The term of a Performance
    Award, Dividend Equivalent award, Deferred Stock award, Stock
    Payment award
    and/or
    Restricted Stock Unit award shall be set by the Administrator in
    its sole discretion.

 

    9.7  Exercise or Purchase Price.  The
    Administrator may establish the exercise or purchase price of a
    Performance Award, shares of Deferred Stock, shares distributed
    as a Stock Payment award or shares distributed pursuant to a
    Restricted Stock Unit award; provided, however,
    that value of the consideration shall not be less than the par
    value of a share of Common Stock, unless otherwise permitted by
    applicable law. Any such exercise or purchase price shall be
    payable in the form(s) of legal consideration specified in the
    Award Agreement.

 

    9.8  Exercise upon Termination of
    Service.  A Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent
    award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award
    and/or
    Restricted Stock Unit award is exercisable or distributable only
    while the Holder is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as
    applicable. The Administrator, however, in its sole discretion

    

    15

 

    may provide that the Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent
    award, Deferred Stock award, Stock Payment award
    and/or
    Restricted Stock Unit award may be exercised or distributed
    subsequent to a Termination of Consultancy, Termination of
    Directorship or Termination of Employment in certain events,
    including a Change in Control, the Holder’s death,
    retirement or disability or any other specified Termination of
    Consultancy, Termination of Directorship or Termination of
    Employment.

 

    ARTICLE X.

    

 

    INDEPENDENT
    DIRECTOR AWARDS
    

 

    The Board may grant Awards to Independent Directors, subject to
    the limitations of the Plan, pursuant to the Independent
    Director Equity Compensation Policy, as adopted by the
    Administrator from time to time. The Independent Director Equity
    Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Award(s) to be
    granted to Independent Directors, the number of shares of Common
    Stock to be subject to Independent Director Awards, the
    conditions on which such Awards shall be granted, become
    exercisable
    and/or
    payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the
    Administrator shall determine in its discretion. For the
    avoidance of doubt, Awards granted to Independent Directors
    shall be subject to all of the limitations set forth in the Plan.

 

    ARTICLE XI.

    

 

    ADMINISTRATION
    

 

    11.1  Committee.  The Committee shall
    be the Compensation Committee of the Board, unless the Board
    specifically assumes the functions of the Committee or appoints
    another committee to assume such functions.

 

    11.2  Duties and Powers of
    Committee.  It shall be the duty of the Committee
    to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance
    with its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to
    interpret the Plan and the Award Agreements, and to adopt such
    rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of
    the Plan as are consistent therewith, to interpret, amend or
    revoke any such rules and to amend any Award Agreement provided
    that the rights or obligations of the Holder of the Award that
    is the subject of any such Award Agreement are not affected
    adversely. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to
    Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions
    of Section 422 of the Code. In its absolute discretion, the
    Board may at any time and from time to time assume any and all
    rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan, except with
    respect to matters which under
    Rule 16b-3
    or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules
    issued thereunder, are required to be determined in the sole
    discretion of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
    full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall
    conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to
    Awards granted to Independent Directors.

 

    11.3  Majority Rule; Unanimous Written
    Consent.  The Committee shall act by a majority of
    its members in attendance at a meeting at which a quorum is
    present or by a memorandum or other written instrument signed by
    all members of the Committee.

 

    11.4  Compensation; Professional Assistance; Good
    Faith Actions.  Members of the Committee shall
    receive such compensation, if any, for their services as members
    as may be determined by the Board. All expenses and liabilities
    which members of the Committee incur in connection with the
    administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The
    Committee may, with the approval of the Board, employ attorneys,
    consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers, or other persons.
    The Committee, the Company and the Company’s officers and
    Directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or
    valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all
    interpretations and determinations made by the Committee or the
    Board in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Holders,
    the Company and all other interested persons. No members of the
    Committee or Board shall be personally liable for any action,
    determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect
    to the Plan or Awards, and all members of the Committee and the
    Board shall be fully protected by the Company in respect of any
    such action, determination or interpretation.

    

    16

 

    ARTICLE XII.

    

 

    MISCELLANEOUS
    PROVISIONS
    

 

    12.1  Not Transferable.  No Award
    under the Plan may be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in
    any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and
    distribution or, subject to the consent of the Administrator,
    pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Award has been
    exercised, or the shares underlying such Award have been issued,
    and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed. No
    Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for the
    debts, contracts or engagements of the Holder or his successors
    in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer,
    alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any
    other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary
    or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment,
    garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings
    (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof
    shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent
    that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

 

    During the lifetime of the Holder, only he may exercise an
    Option or other Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him
    under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of with the consent
    of the Administrator pursuant to a DRO. After the death of the
    Holder, any exercisable portion of an Option or other Award may,
    prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under
    the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by his
    personal representative or by any person empowered to do so
    under the deceased Holder’s will or under the then
    applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
    Section 12.1, the Administrator, in its sole discretion,
    may determine to grant a Non-Qualified Stock Option which, by
    its terms as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, may be
    transferred by the Holder, in writing and with prior written
    notice to the Administrator, to any one or more Permitted
    Transferees (as defined below), subject to the following terms
    and conditions: (a) a Non-Qualified Stock Option
    transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or
    transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or
    the laws of descent and distribution; (b) any Non-Qualified
    Stock Option which is transferred to a Permitted Transferee
    shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of
    the Non-Qualified Stock Option as applicable to the original
    Holder (other than the ability to further transfer the
    Non-Qualified Stock Option); and (c) the Holder and the
    Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents
    requested by the Administrator, including, without limitation,
    documents to: (i) confirm the status of the transferee as a
    Permitted Transferee, (ii) satisfy any requirements for an
    exemption for the transfer under applicable federal and state
    securities laws and (iii) evidence the transfer. For
    purposes of this Section, “Permitted Transferee” shall
    mean, with respect to a Holder, any child, stepchild,
    grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former
    spouse, sibling, niece, nephew,
    mother-in-law,
    father-in-law,
    daughter-in-law,
    brother-in-law,
    or
    sister-in-law,
    including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the
    Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a
    trust in which these persons (or the Holder) control the
    management of assets, and any other entity in which these
    persons (or the Holder) owns more than fifty percent (50%) of
    the voting interests, or any other transferee specifically
    approved by the Administrator after taking into account any
    state or federal tax or securities laws applicable to
    transferable Non-Qualified Stock Options. Notwithstanding
    anything herein to the contrary, no Award may be transferred by
    a Holder or Permitted Transferee to a third-party for
    consideration absent stockholder approval.

 

    12.2  Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the
    Plan.

 

    (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 12.2,
    the Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise
    modified, suspended or terminated at any time or from time to
    time by the Board. However, without approval of the
    Company’s stockholders given within twelve months before or
    after the action by the Board, no action of the Board may,
    except as provided in Section 12.3, increase the limits
    imposed in Section 2.1 on the maximum number of shares that
    may be issued under the Plan.

 

    (b) No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan
    shall, without the consent of the Holder alter or impair any
    rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted or
    awarded, unless the Award itself otherwise expressly so
    provides. No amendment of the Plan shall have application to any
    Award granted or awarded prior to the approval of such
    amendment, unless such amendment is expressly and particularly
    stated to apply to prior awards.

    

    17

 

    (c) No Awards may be granted or awarded during any period
    of suspension or after termination of the Plan, and in no event
    may any Option be granted under the Plan after June 1, 2020.

 

    (d) Stockholder approval shall be required for any
    amendment to the Plan that (i) permits the Administrator to
    grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise
    price that is below Fair Market Value on the date of grant or
    (ii) permits the Administrator to extend the exercise
    period for an Option or Stock Appreciation Right beyond seven
    (7) years from the date of grant.

 

    (e) To the extent required by applicable law or listing
    requirements, stockholder approval shall be required for any
    amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially expands
    the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the
    Plan, (ii) materially increases the benefits accruing to
    Employees and Consultants under the Plan or materially reduces
    the price at which shares may be issued or purchased under the
    Plan, (iii) materially extends the term of the Plan, or
    (iv) expands the types of Awards available for issuance
    under the Plan.

 

    12.3  Changes in Common Stock or Assets of the
    Company, Acquisition or Liquidation of the Company and Other
    Corporate Events.

 

    (a) Subject to Section 12.3(e), in the event that the
    Administrator determines that other than an Equity Restructuring
    any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash,
    Common Stock, other securities, or other property),
    reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, repurchase,
    liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other
    disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
    Company, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the
    Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common
    Stock or other securities of the Company, or other similar
    corporate transaction or event, in the Administrator’s sole
    discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment is
    determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to
    prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential
    benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with
    respect to an Award, then the Administrator shall, in such
    manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of:

 

    (i) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or other
    securities or property) with respect to which Awards may be
    granted or awarded (including, but not limited to, adjustments
    of the limitations in Section 2.1 on the maximum number and
    kind of shares which may be issued and adjustments of the Award
    Limit);

 

    (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock (or
    other securities or property) subject to outstanding
    Awards; and

 

    (iii) the grant or the exercise price with respect to any
    Award.

 

    (b) Subject to Sections 12.3(e) and 12.4, in the event
    of any transaction or event described in Section 12.3(a),
    any Equity Restructuring or any unusual or nonrecurring
    transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of
    the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any
    affiliate, or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or
    accounting principles, the Administrator, in its sole and
    absolute discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it
    deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action
    taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (any
    such action applied to Employees and former Employees to be
    applied uniformly) and either automatically or upon the
    Holder’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or
    more of the following actions whenever the Administrator
    determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent
    dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits
    intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to
    any Award under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or
    events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or
    principles:

 

    (i) to provide for either the cancellation of any such
    Award for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have
    been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of
    the Holder’s rights had such Award been currently
    exercisable or payable or fully vested, or the replacement of
    such Award with other rights or property selected by the
    Administrator in its sole discretion;

 

    (ii) to provide that the Award cannot vest, be exercised or
    become payable after such event;

    

    18

 

    (iii) to provide that such Award shall be exercisable as to
    all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the
    contrary in Section 5.3 or 5.4 or the provisions of such
    Award;

 

    (iv) to provide that such Award be assumed by the successor
    or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or
    shall be substituted for by similar options, rights or awards
    covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or
    a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as
    to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

    (v) to make adjustments in the number and type of shares of
    Common Stock (or other securities or property) subject to
    outstanding Awards, and in the number and kind of outstanding
    Restricted Stock,
    and/or in
    the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise
    price), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards and
    Awards which may be granted in the future; and

 

    (vi) to provide that, for a specified period of time prior
    to such event, the restrictions imposed under an Award Agreement
    upon some or all shares of Restricted Stock or Common Stock may
    be terminated and some or all shares of such Restricted Stock or
    Common Stock may cease to be subject to repurchase after such
    event.

 

    (c) In connection with the occurrence of any Equity
    Restructuring, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
    Section 12.3(a) and 11.3(b):

 

    (i) The number and type of securities subject to each
    outstanding Award and the exercise price or grant price thereof,
    if applicable, will be proportionately adjusted. The adjustments
    provided under this Section 12.3(c)(i) shall be
    nondiscretionary and shall be final and binding on the affected
    Holder and the Company.

 

    (ii) The Administrator shall make such proportionate
    adjustments, if any, as the Administrator in its discretion may
    deem appropriate to reflect such Equity Restructuring with
    respect to the aggregate number and kind of shares that may be
    issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to,
    adjustments of the limitations in Section 2 and the Award
    Limit).

 

    (iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12.3(c)
    to the contrary, this Section 12.3(c) shall not apply to,
    and instead Section 12.3(a) of the Plan shall apply to, any
    Award to which the application of this Section 12.3(c)
    would (A) result in a penalty tax under Section 409A
    of the Code and the Department of Treasury proposed and final
    regulations and guidance thereunder or (B) cause any
    Incentive Stock Option to fail to qualify as an “incentive
    stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

 

    (d) Subject to Sections 12.3(e), 3.2 and 3.3, the
    Administrator may, in its discretion, include such further
    provisions and limitations in any Award, Award Agreement or
    certificate, as it may deem equitable and in the best interests
    of the Company.

 

    (e) With respect to Awards that are granted to
    Section 162(m) Employees are intended to qualify as
    Performance-Based Compensation, no adjustment or action
    described in this Section 12.3 or in any other provision of
    the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment
    or action would cause such Award to fail to so qualify under
    Section 162(m)(4)(C) or any successor provisions thereto.
    No adjustment or action described in this Section 12.3 or
    in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the
    extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Plan to
    violate Section 422(b)(1) of the Code. Furthermore, no such
    adjustment or action shall be authorized to the extent such
    adjustment or action would result in short-swing profits
    liability under Section 16 or violate the exemptive
    conditions of
    Rule 16b-3
    unless the Administrator determines that the Award is not to
    comply with such exemptive conditions. The number of shares of
    Common Stock subject to any Award shall always be rounded to the
    next whole number.

 

    (f) The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreement and the
    Awards granted hereunder shall not affect or restrict in any way
    the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the
    Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization,
    reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital
    structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the
    Company, any issue of stock or of options, warrants or rights to
    purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior
    preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the
    Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into
    or exchangeable for Common Stock, or the dissolution or
    liquidation

    

    19

 

    of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of
    its assets or business, or any other corporate act or
    proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

    12.4  Change in
    Control.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
    the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding
    Award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the
    Change in Control, automatically become fully exercisable for
    all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to such
    Award and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as
    fully-vested shares of Common Stock.

 

    12.5  Approval of Plan by
    Stockholders.  The Plan shall be submitted for the
    approval of the Company’s stockholders within twelve months
    after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan.
    Awards may be granted or awarded prior to such stockholder
    approval; provided, however, that such Awards shall not be
    exercisable nor shall such Awards vest prior to the time when
    the Plan is approved by the stockholders; and provided, further,
    that if such approval has not been obtained at the end of said
    twelve-month period, all Awards previously granted or awarded
    under the Plan shall thereupon be canceled and become null and
    void. In addition, if the Board determines that Awards other
    than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights which may be granted
    to Section 162(m) Employees should continue to be eligible
    to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Performance
    Criteria must be disclosed to and approved by the Company’s
    stockholders no later than the first stockholder meeting that
    occurs in the fifth year following the year in which the
    Company’s stockholders previously approved the Performance
    Criteria.

 

    12.6  Tax Withholding.  The Company
    shall be entitled to require payment in cash or deduction from
    other compensation payable to each Holder of any sums required
    by federal, state or local tax law to be withheld with respect
    to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award. The
    Administrator may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the
    foregoing requirement allow such Holder to elect to have the
    Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under
    such Award (or allow the return of shares of Common Stock)
    having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be
    withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the
    number of shares of Common Stock which may be withheld with
    respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any
    Award (or which may be repurchased from the Holder of such Award
    within six months after such shares of Common Stock were
    acquired by the Holder from the Company) in order to satisfy the
    Holder’s federal and state income and payroll tax
    liabilities with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or
    payment of the Award shall be limited to the number of shares
    which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or
    repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities
    based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and
    state tax income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to
    such supplemental taxable income.

 

    12.7  Forfeiture Provisions.  Subject
    to the limitations of applicable law, pursuant to its general
    authority to determine the terms and conditions applicable to
    Awards under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the right to
    provide, in the terms of Awards made under the Plan, or to
    require a Holder to agree by separate written instrument, that
    if (a)(i) the Holder at any time, or during a specified time
    period, engages in any activity in competition with the Company,
    or which is inimical, contrary or harmful to the interests of
    the Company, as further defined by the Administrator or
    (ii) the Holder incurs a Termination of Employment,
    Termination of Consultancy or Termination of Directorship for
    cause, then (b) (i) any proceeds, gains or other economic
    benefit actually or constructively received by the Holder upon
    any exercise of the Award, or upon the receipt or resale of any
    Common Stock underlying any Award, must be paid to the Company,
    and (ii) the Award shall terminate and any unexercised
    portion of the Award (whether or not vested) shall be forfeited.

 

    12.8  Effect of Plan upon Options and Compensation
    Plans.  The adoption of the Plan shall not affect
    any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the
    Company or any Subsidiary. Nothing in the Plan shall be
    construed to limit the right of the Company (a) to
    establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for
    Employees, Directors or Consultants of the Company or any
    Subsidiary or (b) to grant or assume options or other
    rights or awards otherwise than under the Plan in connection
    with any proper corporate purpose including but not by way of
    limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection
    with the acquisition by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation
    or otherwise, of the business, stock or assets of any
    corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm or
    association.

 

    12.9  Compliance with Laws.  The
    Plan, the granting and vesting of Awards under the Plan and the
    issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and the payment
    of money under the Plan or under Awards granted or

    

    20

 

    awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all applicable
    federal and state laws, rules and regulations (including but not
    limited to state and federal securities law and federal margin
    requirements) and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory
    or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for
    the Company, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith.
    Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such
    restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if
    requested by the Company, provide such assurances and
    representations to the Company as the Company may deem necessary
    or desirable to assure compliance with all applicable legal
    requirements. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the
    Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed
    amended to the extent necessary to conform to such laws, rules
    and regulations.

 

    12.10  Inability to Obtain
    Authority.  The inability of the Company to obtain
    authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which
    authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be
    necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of share of Common
    Stock hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in
    respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares of Common
    Stock as to which such requisite authority shall not have been
    obtained.

 

    12.11  Reservation of Shares.  The
    Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times
    reserve and keep available such number of shares of Common Stock
    as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

    12.12  Titles.  Titles are provided
    herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for
    interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

    12.13  Governing Law.  The Plan and
    any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and
    enforced under the internal laws of the State of California
    without regard to conflicts of laws thereof.

 

    12.14  Section 409A.  To the
    extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted
    under the Plan is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the
    Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the
    terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code.
    To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be
    interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and
    Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive
    guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any
    such regulations or other guidance that may be issued.
    Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in
    the event that the Administrator determines that any Award may
    be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related
    Department of Treasury guidance (including such subsequent
    Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued), the
    Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the
    applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and
    procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with
    retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the
    Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to
    (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code
    and/or
    preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided
    with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the
    requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related
    Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the
    application of any penalty taxes under such Section.

 

    12.15  Repricing
    Awards.  Notwithstanding any provision in this
    Plan to the contrary, absent approval of the stockholders of the
    Company, no Option or Stock Appreciation Right may be amended to
    reduce the per share exercise price of the shares subject to
    such Option or Stock Appreciation Right below the per share
    exercise price of the shares subject to such Option or Stock
    Appreciation Right below the per share exercise price as of the
    date the Option or Stock Appreciation Right was granted and,
    except as permitted by Section 12.3, no Option or Stock
    Appreciation Right may be granted in exchange for, or in
    connection with, the cancellation or surrender of an Option,
    Stock Appreciation Right or other Award. Further notwithstanding
    any provision of this Plan to the contrary, except as permitted
    by Section 12.3, absent the approval of the stockholders of
    the Company, the Administrator shall not offer to buyout for a
    payment in cash, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right
    previously granted.

 

    12.16  Full Value Award Vesting
    Limitations.  Notwithstanding any other provision
    of this Plan to the contrary, Full Value Awards made to
    Employees or Consultants shall become vested over a period of
    not less than three years (or, in the case of vesting based upon
    the attainment of Performance Goals or other performance-based
    objectives, over a period of not less than one year measured
    from the commencement of the period over which performance is
    evaluated) following the date the Award is made; provided,
    however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Full Value Awards
    that result in the issuance of an aggregate of up to five
    percent (5%) of the shares of Common Stock available pursuant to
    Section 2.1 may be granted to any one or more Holders
    without respect to such minimum vesting provisions

 

    * * *

    

    21

 

    I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly adopted by the
    Board of Directors of Gen-Probe Incorporated on March 3rd,
    2003, adopted as initially amended and restated on
    February 9, 2006, adopted as amended a second time and
    restated on November 16, 2006, adopted as amended a third
    time and restated on February 8, 2007, adopted as amended a
    fourth time and restated on March 20, 2009, and adopted as
    amended a fifth time and restated on March 9, 2011.

 

    Executed on this
    25th day

    of May, 2011.

 

    /s/  R.
    William Bowen

    R. William Bowen

    Secretary

 

    * * *

 

    I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was duly approved by
    the stockholders of Gen-Probe Incorporated on May 29, 2003,
    approved as initially amended and restated on May 17, 2006
    and subsequently approved as amended and restated on
    May 14, 2009 and on May 19, 2011. The Plan as amended
    and restated on November 16, 2006 and February 8, 2007
    did not require additional stockholder approval.

 

    Executed on this
    25th day

    of May, 2011.

 

    /s/  R.
    William Bowen

    R. William Bowen

    Secretaryexv4w1

Exhibit
4.1

 

NAVIOS SOUTH AMERICAN LOGISTICS INC.

and

NAVIOS LOGISTICS FINANCE (US) INC.,

as Co-Issuers

the GUARANTORS party hereto,

as Guarantors,

and

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of April 12, 2011

 

91/4% Senior Notes due 2019

 

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

	 	 	 	 
	Trust Indenture Act	 	Indenture
	Section	 	Section
	310	(a)(1) 	 	7.10
	 	(a)(2) 	 	7.10
	 	(a)(3) 	 	7.10
	 	(a)(4) 	 	N.A.
	 	(a)(5) 	 	7.08; 7.10
	 	(b) 	 	7.03; 7.08; 7.10; 11.02
	 	(c) 	 	N.A.
	311	(a) 	 	7.03; 7.11
	 	(b) 	 	7.03; 7.11
	 	(c) 	 	N.A.
	312	(a) 	 	2.05
	 	(b) 	 	11.03
	 	(c) 	 	11.03
	313	(a) 	 	7.06
	 	(b)(1) 	 	7.06
	 	(b)(2) 	 	7.06
	 	(c) 	 	7.06; 11.02
	 	(d) 	 	7.06
	314	(a) 	 	4.06; 4.17; 11.02
	 	(b) 	 	N.A.
	 	(c)(1) 	 	7.02; 11.04; 11.05
	 	(c)(2) 	 	7.02; 11.04; 11.05
	 	(c)(3) 	 	N.A.
	 	(d) 	 	N.A.
	 	(e) 	 	11.05
	 	(f) 	 	N.A.
	315	(a) 	 	7.01(b); 7.02(a)
	 	(b) 	 	7.05; 11.02
	 	(c) 	 	7.01
	 	(d) 	 	6.05; 7.01(c)
	 	(e) 	 	6.11
	316	(a)(last sentence) 	 	2.09
	 	(a)(1)(A) 	 	6.05
	 	(a)(1)(B) 	 	6.04
	 	(a)(2) 	 	9.02
	 	(b) 	 	6.07
	 	(c) 	 	9.04
	317	(a)(1) 	 	6.08
	 	(a)(2) 	 	6.09
	 	(b) 	 	2.04
	318	(a) 	 	11.01
	 	(c) 	 	11.01

 

N.A. means Not Applicable

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this
Indenture.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE ONE
	 
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 
	SECTION 1.01. Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	36	 
	SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction
	 	 	37	 
	 
	ARTICLE TWO
	 
	THE NOTES
	 
	SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional Notes; Exchange Securities
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 2.11. Cancellation
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 2.14. Deposit of Moneys
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 2.17. Persons Deemed Owners
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 2.18. Joint and Several Liability
	 	 	49	 
	 
	ARTICLE THREE
	 
	REDEMPTION
	 
	SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee
	 	 	49	 
	SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part
	 	 	52	 

-i-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption
	 	 	52	 
	 
	ARTICLE FOUR
	 
	COVENANTS
	 
	SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 4.05. Limitations on Business Activities of Logistics Finance
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 4.07. Payments for Consent
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.09. Change of Control
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 4.11. Limitations on Restricted Payments
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 4.12. Limitations on Liens
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 4.13. Limitations on Asset Sales
	 	 	67	 
	SECTION 4.14. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates
	 	 	71	 
	SECTION 4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries
	 	 	73	 
	SECTION 4.16. Subsidiary Guarantees
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders
	 	 	77	 
	SECTION 4.18. Limitations on Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 4.19. Additional Interest Notice
	 	 	78	 
	SECTION 4.20. Payment of Additional Amounts
	 	 	79	 
	 
	ARTICLE FIVE
	 
	SUCCESSOR CORPORATION
	 
	SECTION 5.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.
	 	 	80	 
	 
	ARTICLE SIX
	 
	DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
	 
	SECTION 6.01. Events of Default
	 	 	82	 
	SECTION 6.02. Acceleration
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults
	 	 	84	 
	SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits
	 	 	85	 
	SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee
	 	 	86	 

-ii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 	 	86	 
	SECTION 6.10. Priorities
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs
	 	 	87	 
	 
	ARTICLE SEVEN
	 
	TRUSTEE
	 
	SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee
	 	 	87	 
	SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee
	 	 	89	 
	SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer
	 	 	90	 
	SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default
	 	 	91	 
	SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders
	 	 	91	 
	SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity
	 	 	91	 
	SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee
	 	 	92	 
	SECTION
7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification
	 	 	93	 
	SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	 	 	94	 
	 
	ARTICLE EIGHT
	 
	SATISFACTION OR DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	 
	SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Co-Issuers’ Obligations
	 	 	94	 
	SECTION 8.02. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	95	 
	SECTION 8.03. Legal Defeasance
	 	 	95	 
	SECTION 8.04. Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION 8.05. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	 	 	96	 
	SECTION
8.06. Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust;
Other Miscellaneous Provisions.  
	 	 	98	 
	SECTION 8.07. Repayment to the Co-Issuers
	 	 	98	 
	SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement
	 	 	99	 
	 
	ARTICLE NINE
	 
	AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 
	SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders
	 	 	99	 
	SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders
	 	 	100	 
	SECTION 9.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act
	 	 	102	 
	SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 	 	102	 
	SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	 	 	103	 
	SECTION
9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.
	 	 	103	 

-iii-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	ARTICLE TEN
	 
	NOTE GUARANTEE
	 
	SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee
	 	 	103	 
	SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability
	 	 	104	 
	SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee
	 	 	105	 
	SECTION 10.04. Release of a Guarantor
	 	 	105	 
	SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Subrogation
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 10.06. Immediate Payment
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 10.07. No Set-Off
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 10.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute
	 	 	106	 
	SECTION 10.09. Note Guarantee Obligations Continuing
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 10.10. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 10.11. Note Guarantee Obligations Reinstated
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 10.12. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Affected
	 	 	107	 
	SECTION 10.13. Waiver
	 	 	108	 
	SECTION 10.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Co-Issuers
	 	 	109	 
	SECTION 10.15. Dealing with the Co-Issuers and Others
	 	 	109	 
	SECTION 10.16. Default and Enforcement
	 	 	109	 
	SECTION 10.17. Acknowledgment
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 10.18. Costs and Expenses
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 10.19. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 10.20. Survival of Note Guarantee Obligations
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 10.21. Note Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 10.22. Severability
	 	 	110	 
	SECTION 10.23. Successors and Assigns
	 	 	111	 
	 
	ARTICLE ELEVEN
	 
	MISCELLANEOUS
	 
	SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls
	 	 	111	 
	SECTION 11.02. Notices
	 	 	111	 
	SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders
	 	 	112	 
	SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	 	 	113	 
	SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	 	 	113	 
	SECTION 11.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar
	 	 	113	 
	SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays
	 	 	114	 
	SECTION 11.08. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION
	 	 	114	 
	SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements
	 	 	114	 
	SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders
	 	 	114	 
	SECTION 11.11. Successors
	 	 	115	 
	SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals
	 	 	115	 

-iv-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	SECTION 11.13. Severability
	 	 	115	 
	SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure
	 	 	115	 
	SECTION 11.15. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities
	 	 	115	 
	SECTION 11.16. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions
	 	 	          117	 
	SECTION 11.17. Patriot Act
	 	 	119	 
	Signatures
	 	 	S-1	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Exhibit A 

Exhibit B 

Exhibit C 

Exhibit D 

Exhibit E 

Exhibit F

	 	—

—

—

—

—

—
	 	Form of Note

Form of Legends 

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S 

Form of Supplemental Indenture for Additional Guarantor(s) 

Form of Notation of Guarantee 

Form of Incumbency Certificate

Note: This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this
Indenture.

-v-

 

          INDENTURE dated as of April 12, 2011 among Navios South American Logistics Inc., a
Marshall Islands corporation, as issuer (“Navios” or the “Company”) and Navios Logistics Finance
(US) Inc., a Delaware corporation, as co-issuers (“Logistics Finance”, with the Company and
Logistics Finance being referred to herein individually as a “Co-Issuer” and collectively as
"Co-Issuers”), each of the Guarantors named herein, as Guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”).

          The Co-Issuers have duly authorized the creation of an issue of 91/4%
Senior Notes due 2019 and, to provide therefor, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have duly
authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. All things necessary to make the Notes,
when duly issued and executed by the Co-Issuers and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the
valid and binding, joint and several, obligations of the Co-Issuers and to make this Indenture a
valid and binding agreement of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors have been done.

          For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof,
the parties hereto covenant and agree, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders, as
follows:

ARTICLE ONE

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

          Set forth below are certain defined terms used in this Indenture.

          “Acquired Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or
not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person;
and

     (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified
Person.

          “Additional Interest” means (i) “Additional Interest” as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date and (ii) “Special Interest,”
“Additional Interest,” “Liquidated Damages” or any similar term as such term is defined in any
registration rights agreement with respect to Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date.

          “Administrative Services Agreement” means the Administrative Services Agreement dated on or
about the Issue Date between the Company and Navios Holdings, as such

 

 

agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced, extended or renewed from time to
time in compliance with Section 4.14(b)(7).

          “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies
of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For
purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with” have correlative meanings.

          “Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent.

          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any time, the greater of (1) 1.0% of the
principal amount of such Note at such time and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such time
of (i) the redemption price of such Note at April 15, 2014 plus (ii) all remaining interest
payments due on such Note through and including April 15, 2014 (excluding any interest accrued to
the Make-Whole Redemption Date), discounted on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months) from April 15, 2014 to the Make-Whole Redemption Date,
computed using a discount rate equal to the Applicable Treasury Rate plus 0.50%, over (B) the
principal amount of such Note on the Make-Whole Redemption Date.

          “Applicable Treasury Rate” for any Redemption Date, means the yield to maturity at the time of
computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and
published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly
available at least two Business Days prior to the Make-Whole Redemption Date of such Note (or, if
such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market
data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to April 15, 2014;
provided, however, that if the period from the Make-Whole Redemption Date to April 15, 2014 is not
equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average
yield is given, the Applicable Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated
to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury
securities for which such yields are given except that if the period from the Make-Whole Redemption
Date to April 15, 2014 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

          “Appraised Value” means the fair market sale value as of a specified date of a specified
Vessel that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction between an informed and willing seller
under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as
determined by an Independent Appraiser selected by the Company and, in the event such Independent
Appraiser is not a Designated Appraiser, reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

-2-

 

     “Asset Sale” means:

     (1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets; provided that
the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Co-Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole shall be governed by the
provisions of Sections 4.09 and/or 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.13; and

     (2) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of any Equity
Interest of such Restricted Subsidiary or the sale by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiaries (other than directors’
qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries).

          Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items shall be deemed to be an Asset
Sale:

     (1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets
having a Fair Market Value of less than $5.0 million;

     (2) a sale, lease, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets between or
among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) an issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Equity Interests by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company;

     (4) the sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets;

     (5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

     (6) (i) a Restricted Payment that does not violate Section 4.11 or a Permitted
Investment; and (ii) any issuance, sale, transfer or other disposition of Capital Stock of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

     (7) sales of accounts receivable and inventory (other than Vessels and Related
Assets) in the ordinary course of business for cash or Cash Equivalents and any charter-out
of a Vessel or contract of affreightment entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (8) a Permitted Asset Swap;

     (9) sales and/or contributions of Securitization Assets to a Securitization
Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof
including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof (for the
purposes of this clause (9), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash); and

     (10) any transfer of Securitization Assets or a fractional undivided interest
therein, by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified Securitization Transaction.

-3-

 

          “Attributable Indebtedness” in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at the time
of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest rate equal to the rate implicit in
such transaction for the relevant lease period, determined in accordance with GAAP) of the total
obligations of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included
in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended);
provided, however, that if such Sale/Leaseback Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation,
the amount of Indebtedness required thereby shall be determined in accordance with the definition
of “Capital Lease Obligation.”

          “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any applicable
United States federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors, or bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law.

          “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under
the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person”
(as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to
have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by
conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is
exercisable only after the passage of time; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the
holders of the Company’s warrants outstanding on the Issue Date shall not be deemed to beneficially
own the underlying shares until such warrants have been exercised. The terms “Beneficially Owns,”
"Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

          “Board of Directors” means:

     (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or,
other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control,” any committee thereof duly
authorized to act on behalf of such board; and

     (2) with respect to any other Person, the functional equivalent of a board of
directors of a corporation or, other than for purposes of the definition of “Change of
Control,” any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf thereof.

          “Board Resolution” means with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or individual with similar authority) of such Person, to have
been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on
the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

          “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking
institutions in New York, the location of the office of the Paying Agent or the location of the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee are authorized or required by law to close.

          “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time of determination, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet
in accordance with GAAP.

-4-

 

          “Capital Stock” means:

     (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

     (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares,
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) in the equity of
such association or entity;

     (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

     (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to
receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing
Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital
Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital
Stock.

          “Cash Equivalents” means:

     (1) United States dollars or Euro or other currency of a member of the Organization
for Economic Cooperation and Development (including such currencies as are held as overnight
bank deposits and demand deposits with banks);

     (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government
of the United States or any Member State of the European Union or any other country whose
sovereign debt has a rating of at least A3 from Moody’s and at least A- from S&P or any
agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than one year from the date
of acquisition;

     (3) demand and time deposits and eurodollar time deposits and certificates of
deposit or bankers’ acceptances with maturities of one year or less from the date of
acquisition, in each case, with any financial institution organized under the laws of any
country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development having
capital and surplus and undivided profits in excess of US$500.0 million;

     (4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying
securities of the types described in clause (2) above entered into with any financial
institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

     (5) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated P-1 or higher by
Moody’s or A-1 or higher by S&P and, in each case, maturing within one year after the date
of acquisition;

     (6) local currency held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
time to time in the ordinary course of business; and

     (7) money market funds that invest primarily in Cash Equivalents of the kinds
described in clauses (1) through (6) of this definition.

-5-

 

          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

     (1) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the Beneficial
Owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Stock representing more than 50% of the voting
power of the total outstanding Voting Stock of the Company;

     (2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of
such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose
election to such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of
the Company was approved by a vote of the majority of the directors of the Company then
still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election
or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company;

     (3) (a) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries are sold or otherwise transferred to any Person other than a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders or (b) the Company consolidates or
merges with or into another Person or any Person consolidates or merges with or into the
Company, in either case under this clause (3), in one transaction or a series of related
transactions in which immediately after the consummation thereof Persons Beneficially
Owning, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing in the aggregate a majority of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such consummation
do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, Voting Stock representing a majority of the
total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or the surviving or transferee Person;
or

     (4) the Company shall adopt a plan of liquidation or dissolution or any such plan
shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company.

          “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, for any period, for any Person, an amount determined for such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to:

     (1) Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus

     (2) the sum, without duplication, of the amounts for such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period (in each case to the extent reducing such Consolidated Net
Income) of:

     (a) Fixed Charges;

     (b) provision for taxes based on income;

     (c) total depreciation expenses;

     (d) total amortization expenses (including, without limitation, the
amortization of capitalized drydocking expenses);

-6-

 

     (e) other non-cash items reducing such Consolidated Net Income (excluding
any such non-cash item to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for
potential cash items in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash item
that was paid in a prior period); and

     (f) to the extent any Attributable Indebtedness is outstanding and is not a
Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of any payments therefor less the amount of
interest implicit in such payments; minus

     (3) the amount for such period (to the extent increasing such Consolidated Net
Income) of non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income (other than any such
non-cash item to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for
potential cash items in any prior period);

provided that the items listed in clauses (2)(a) through (f) for a Restricted Subsidiary shall be
included in Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net
income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income for such period.

          “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or net loss) of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP, adjusted to the extent included in calculating such net income or loss by excluding
(without duplication):

     (1) any net after-tax extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses (less all fees
and expenses relating thereto);

     (2) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto)
attributable to Asset Sales or dispositions of securities;

     (3) the portion of net income (or loss) of any Person (other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has an ownership
interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually
paid to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash during such period;

     (4) the net income (but not the net loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such
Restricted Subsidiary is at the date of determination restricted, directly or indirectly,
except to the extent that such net income is actually, or is permitted to be, paid to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof by loans, advances, intercompany transfers,
principal repayments or otherwise; provided that with respect to a Guarantor or a
Securitization Subsidiary this clause (4) shall be applicable solely for purpose of
calculating Consolidated Net Income to determine the amount of Restricted Payments permitted
under Section 4.11;

     (5) any non-cash expenses or charges resulting from stock, stock option or other
equity-based awards;

     (6) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

-7-

 

     (7) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, in each case, pursuant
to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

     (8) the net after-tax effects of adjustments in the inventory, property and
equipment, goodwill, intangible assets, deferred revenue and debt line items in such
Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application
of purchase accounting or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof; and

     (9) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof
for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or
repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or
amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including without limitation any such
transaction undertaken but not completed);

provided, however, that (x) Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by the amount of all dividends
on Designated Preferred Stock (other than dividends paid in Qualified Equity Interests) paid,
accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period and (y) Consolidated Net Income will
be calculated without deducting the income attributed to, or adding the losses attributed to, the
minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Guarantor except to the extent of the dividends paid in cash (or convertible to cash) during such
period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties.

          “Construction Contract” means any contract for the construction (or construction and
acquisition) of a Vessel or any Related Assets entered into by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, including any amendments, supplements or modifications thereto or change orders in
respect thereof.

          “Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee located at 45
Broadway, 14th Floor, New York, New York, 10006, Corporate Trust Services, administrator for Navios
South American Logistics Inc., or such other office, designated by the Trustee by written notice to
the Co-Issuers, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally
administered.

          “Credit Agreement” means that certain Facility Agreement to be entered into following the
Issue Date among the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, as borrower, and
Marfin Popular Bank Public Co. Ltd, as lender, as described in the Offering Memorandum including
any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced
(whether upon termination or otherwise), increased or refinanced (including by means of sales of
debt securities to institutional investors) including by means of a Qualified Securitization
Transaction in whole or in part from time to time (and without limitation as to amount, terms,
conditions, covenants and other provisions, including increasing the amount of available borrowings
thereunder, changing or replacing agent banks and lenders thereunder or adding, removing or
reclassifying Subsidiaries of the Company as borrowers or guarantors thereunder).

-8-

 

          “Credit Facilities” means one or more debt facilities or agreements (including, without
limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks, other
institutional lenders, commercial finance companies or other lenders providing for revolving credit
loans, term loans, bonds, debentures, securitization financing (including through the transfer of
Securitization Assets to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against, or
sell undivided interests in, such assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction) or letters of
credit, pursuant to agreements or indentures, in each case, as amended, restated, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced, increased or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt
securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time (and without
limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions, including increasing
the amount of available borrowings thereunder, changing or replacing agent banks and lenders
thereunder or adding, removing or reclassifying the Co-Issuers and/or Subsidiaries of the Company
as borrowers or guarantors thereunder).

          “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any
Bankruptcy Law.

          “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both
would be, an Event of Default.

          “Depository” means, with respect to the Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company, New York,
New York, its nominees and any and all successors thereto appointed as depository hereunder and
having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

          “Designated Appraiser” means any of Fearnleys A.S., Oslo Shipbrokers A.S., Clarkson Valuations
Limited, Simpson Spence & Young Shipbrokers Ltd., E.A. Gibson Shipbrokers Ltd., Jacq. Pierot Jr. &
Sons, Allied Shipbroking, Greece, RS Platou ASA, ICAP Shipping Limited, ACM Ltd., London, Island
Shipbrokers PTE LTD, Singapore, English White Shipping LTD of London, Booth Shipping Co. Ltd of the
United Kingdom, Maritime Management Solutions of Panama City and Deloitte LLP, Ernst & Young LLP
and KPMG LLP; provided that, at the time any such firm is to be utilized, such firm would qualify
as an Independent Appraiser.

          “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration
received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so
designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth
the basis of such valuation executed by an authorized Officer of the Company, less the amount of
cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration.

          “Designated Preferred Stock” means preferred stock of the Company (other than Disqualified
Stock) issued and sold for cash in a bona-fide financing transaction that is designated as
Designated Preferred Stock pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the issuance date thereof, the
net cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation of Restricted Payments for purposes of
Section 4.11(a)(3) and are not used for purposes of Section 4.11(a)(3)(B).

-9-

 

          “Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any
security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of
any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or
otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part,
on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding
the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because
the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the issuer thereof to repurchase or
redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale prior to the
stated maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock. The amount of Disqualified
Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture shall be the maximum
amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the
maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock.

          “Eligible Jurisdiction” means any of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the United States
of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of the
Bahamas, the Republic of Liberia, the Republic of Panama, the Commonwealth of Bermuda, the British
Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, the Isle of Man, Cyprus, Norway, Greece, Hong Kong, the United
Kingdom, Malta, Uruguay, Brazil, Bolivia, Paraguay, Argentina, any Member State of the European
Union and any other jurisdiction generally acceptable to institutional lenders in the shipping
industry, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

          “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for,
Capital Stock).

          “Equity Offering” means any issuance and sale by the Company of its Qualified Equity
Interests.

          “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor
statute or statutes thereto and, in each case, the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC
thereunder.

          “Exchange Offer” means an offer that may be made by the Co-Issuers pursuant to the
Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend for the
Exchange Securities and/or Private Exchange Securities.

          “Exchange Securities” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          “Exercised Purchase Option Contract” means any Purchase Option Contract which has been
exercised by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, obligating the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary to purchase such Vessel or any Related Assets, subject only to customary conditions
precedent.

          “Existing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on
the Issue Date after giving effect to the issuance of the notes on the

-10-

 

Issue Date and the use of proceeds therefrom, including the amount of undrawn commitments
under any Credit Facilities (including the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date and
described in the offering memorandum, but excluding Indebtedness and undrawn commitments under the
Navios Holdings Loan Facility.

          “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the value that would be paid
by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction not involving
distress or necessity of either party. Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by (i)
if the value of such property or asset is less than $25.0 million, an officer of the Company and
evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and (ii) if the value of such
property or asset equals or exceeds $25.0 million, the Board of Directors of the Company; provided,
however, that (x) if such determination is with respect to one or more Vessels with a value that
equals or exceeds $25.0 million (as determined by the Company in good faith), Fair Market Value
shall be (I) based on the Appraised Value of such Vessel and (II) shall be the greater of such
Vessel’s “charter-free” and “charter-adjusted” values and (y) if such determination relates to the
determination by the Company of compliance with clause (7) of the definition of “Permitted Liens,”
such determination shall comply with clause (x) to the extent such determination relates to one or
more Vessels and in all other cases such determination shall be based on the written opinion of an
independent investment banking firm of international standing qualified to perform the task for
which such firm has been engaged (as determined by the Company in good faith). The determination
of Fair Market Value hereunder shall be made as of the relevant date of determination of compliance
with the applicable covenant or covenants set forth therein or, if earlier, the date on which the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall have become contractually obligated to consummate the
transaction requiring such determination.

          “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the
ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such
Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases or otherwise
discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) or issues, repurchases
or redeems Disqualified Stock or preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for
which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date on which the
event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made occurred (the
"Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma
effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or
other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock
or preferred stock, and the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period.

          In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio:

     (1) acquisitions (including of Vessels and Related Assets including, without
limitation, chartered-in Vessels) that have been made by the specified Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, of any other Person or
any of its Subsidiaries acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and any prior acquisitions

-11-

 

by such other Person to the extent not fully reflected in the historical results of
operations of such other Person, and including increases in ownership of Restricted
Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference
period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be given pro forma effect as if they
had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

     (2) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to operations (including Vessels and
Related Assets) or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the
Calculation Date, shall be excluded;

     (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to operations (including Vessels and Related
Assets) or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation
Date shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such
Fixed Charges shall not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date;

     (4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date (or would
become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Calculation Date in connection with the transaction
requiring determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a
Restricted Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;

     (5) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date (or
would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Calculation Date in connection with the
transaction requiring determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to
have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter period;

     (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on
such Indebtedness shall be calculated at the actual rate that was in effect from time to
time (taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such
Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of 12 months);

     (7) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have entered into an
agreement to acquire a Vessel which at the time of calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being constructed on behalf of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, then (a)
if such Vessel is one of the 63 Vessels identified in the Offering Memorandum to be acquired
with the proceeds of the Notes offering (an “Identified Pending Vessel”), pro forma effect
will be given to the extent provided in the next paragraph below or (b) if such Vessel is
not an Identified Pending Vessel (an “Other Pending Vessel”) but (i) is scheduled to be
delivered no later than 24 months (or 48 months in a case of a Vessel that is to be utilized
in the Company’s cabotage business (a “Cabotage Vessel”)) from the date of such calculation
of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and (ii) has been chartered out to a third party that is
not an Affiliate of the Company pursuant to either a bona fide time charter entered into on
customary terms for time charters at the time (as determined in good faith by the Company)
or a bona fide contract of affreightment entered into on customary terms for such agreements
at the time (as determined in good faith by the Company) and in each case, which is binding
on such

-12-

 

third party and which has a fixed duration of not less than three years (or ten years
in the case of a Cabotage Vessel) (each such Vessel that meets the requirement of prongs (i)
and (ii) of this clause (7), a “Qualified Other Pending Vessel”), pro forma effect will be
given to the extent provided in the next paragraph below; and

     (8) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have entered into an
agreement to acquire a Related Asset in connection with the expansion of its port business
which at the time of calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being constructed on
behalf of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and is scheduled to be completed no
later than 36 months from the date of such calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
and is the subject of a agreement with a third party that is not an Affiliate of the Company
entered on customary terms for such agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company),
which is binding on such third party and which has a fixed duration of not less than three
years (each such Related Asset that meets the requirements of this clause (8), a “Qualified
Related Asset”), pro forma effect will be given to the extent provided for in the next
paragraph.

          For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition
(including, without limitation, the charter-in of a Vessel) or construction of a Vessel or the
Capital Stock of a Person that owns, or charters in, one or more Vessels or the financing thereof,
such Person may (i) other than in the case of an Other Pending Vessel, if a relevant Vessel is to
be subject to a time charter-out or a contract of affreightment with a remaining term of twelve
months or longer, apply for the period for which the Fixed Charge or contract of affreightment
Coverage Ratio is being calculated pro forma earnings (losses) for such Vessel based upon such
charter-out or a contract of affreightment (in the case of an Identified Pending Vessel, such pro
forma earnings (losses) shall be the Proportionate Amount of the pro forma earnings (losses) for
such Identified Pending Vessel utilizing the methodology set forth in this clause (i)), (ii) other
than in the case of an Other Pending Vessel, if a relevant Vessel is to be subject to a time
charter-out or a contract of affreightment with a remaining term of between six and twelve months,
apply for the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated the annualized
amount of pro forma earnings (losses) for such Vessel based upon such charter-out or contract of
affreightment (in the case of an Identified Pending Vessel, such pro forma earnings (losses) shall
be the Proportionate Amount of the pro forma earnings (losses) for such Identified Pending Vessel
utilizing the methodology set forth in this clause (ii)), (iii) other than in the case of an Other
Pending Vessel, if a relevant Vessel is not to be subject to a time charter-out or a contract of
affreightment is under time charter-out or is subject to a contract of affreightment that is due to
expire in six months or less or is to be subject to charter on a voyage charter basis (whether or
not any such charter is in place for such Vessel or is to be operated by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary), then in each case apply for the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated earnings (losses) for such Vessel based upon the average of the
historical earnings of comparable Vessels in such Person’s fleet in the most recent four quarter
period (as determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) or if there is
no such comparable Vessel, then based upon industry average earnings for comparable Vessels (as
determined in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company) (in the case of an
Identified Pending Vessel, such pro forma earnings (losses) shall be the Proportionate Amount of
the pro forma earnings (losses) for such Identified Pending Vessel utilizing the methodology set
forth in this clause (iii)) or (iv) if such Vessel is a Qualified Other

-13-

 

Pending Vessel described in clause (7)(b) of the immediately preceding paragraph, include, to
the extent that such Qualified Other Pending Vessel has not been delivered to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary or if so delivered has not been deployed for the entire period for which the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated, for such period (or the portion of such period
during which such Qualified Other Pending Vessel was not deployed if such Qualified Other Pending
Vessel has been deployed but not for the entire period) the Proportionate Amount of the pro forma
earnings (losses) for such Qualified Other Pending Vessel based upon the contractual terms of such
Vessel’s charter-out agreement or contract of affreightment applicable to the first twelve months
following scheduled delivery of such Qualified Other Pending Vessel (or the ratable amount of such
Proportionate Amount of earnings (losses) to the extent the Qualified Other Pending Vessel has been
deployed but for less then the entire period (with the actual earnings of such Qualified Other
Pending Vessel being given effect to for the period deployed to the extent otherwise included in
the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow)). For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma
effect is to be given to the acquisition of a Qualified Related Asset described in clause (8) of
the immediately preceding paragraph include, to the extent that such Qualified Related Asset has
not been delivered to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or if so delivered has not been
employed for the entire period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated, for
such period (or the portion of such period during which such Qualified Related Asset was not
employed if such Qualified Related Asset has been employed but not for the entire period) the
Proportionate Amount of the pro forma earnings (losses) for such Qualified Related Asset based upon
the contractual terms of such Qualified Related Asset’s related third party agreement applicable to
the first twelve months following scheduled acquisition of such Qualified Related Asset (or the
ratable amount of such Proportionate Amount of earnings (losses) to the extent the Qualified
Related Asset has been employed but for less then the entire period (with the actual earnings of
such Qualified Related Asset being given effect to for the period deployed to the extent otherwise
included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow)). As used herein, “Proportionate Amount of
earnings (losses)” means the product of the earnings (losses) referred to above and the percentage
of the aggregate purchase price for such Vessel or Qualified Related Assets, as the case may be,
that has been paid as of the relevant date of the determination of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

          Additionally, any pro forma calculations may include the reduction or increase in costs for
the applicable period resulting from, or in connection with, the acquisition of assets, an asset
sale or other transaction or event which is being given pro forma effect that (a) would be
permitted to be reflected on pro forma financial statements pursuant to Regulation S-X under the
Securities Act or (b) have been realized at the time such pro forma calculation is made or are
reasonably expected to be realized within twelve months following the consummation of the
transaction to which such pro forma calculations relate, which actions shall be certified by the
chief financial officer of the Company; provided that, in the case of adjustments pursuant to this
clause (b), such adjustments shall be set forth in a certificate signed by the Company’s chief
financial officer which states in detail (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments and (ii)
that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith beliefs of the Company
at the time of such execution. Any such certificate shall be provided to the Trustee if the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs Indebtedness, issues Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock, makes any Restricted Payment or consummates any transaction described under Section 5.01
necessitating the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.

-14-

 

          “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without
duplication, of:

     (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, (x) including, without limitation,
amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component
of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of any Securitization Fees, the
interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations and the net
payments made pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates (but for clarity
purposes excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to
market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP) an
and (y) excluding amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs and
commissions, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of Indebtedness
and any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees; plus

     (2) the consolidated interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that
was capitalized during such period; plus

     (3) any interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by
such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such
Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such guarantee or Lien is
called upon; plus

     (4) all dividends accrued or paid on any series of Disqualified Stock or Designated
Preferred Stock of the Company or any Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than any such Disqualified Stock, Designated Preferred Stock or
preferred stock held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or to the extent
paid in Qualified Equity Interests); plus

     (5) to the extent any Attributable Indebtedness is outstanding and is not a Capital
Lease Obligation, the amount of interest implicit in any payments related to such
Attributable Indebtedness during such period.

          “Forward Freight Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any forward freight agreement
or comparable swap, future or similar agreement or arrangement relating to derivative trading in
freight or similar rates.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in
effect on the Issue Date. For clarity purposes, in determining whether a lease is a capital lease
or an operating lease and whether interest expense exists, such determination shall be made in
accordance with GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date.

          “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United
States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

-15-

 

          “guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for
collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without
limitation, through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any
part of any Indebtedness.

          “Guarantee” or “Note Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s
obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this
Indenture.

          “Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee in accordance with
the provisions of this Indenture and its successors and assigns, until such Subsidiary is released
from its Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

          “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under
swap, cap, collar, forward purchase, Forward Freight Agreements or agreements or arrangements
similar to any of the foregoing and dealing with interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity
prices or freight rates, either generally or under specific contingencies.

          “Heirs” of any individual means such individual’s estate, spouse, lineal relatives (including
adoptive descendants), administrator, committee or other personal representative or other estate
planning vehicle and any custodian or Trustee for the benefit of any spouse or lineal relatives
(including adoptive descendants) of such individual.

          “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the books maintained by the
Registrar.

          “Indebtedness” of any Person at any date means, without duplication:

     (1) all liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person for borrowed money
(whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or
only to a portion thereof);

     (2) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments;

     (3) all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit,
letters of guaranty, bankers’ acceptances and similar credit transactions;

     (4) all obligations of such Person representing the balance deferred and unpaid of
the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property
is acquired or such services are completed and which is treated as indebtedness under GAAP,
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, or similar
obligations to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

     (5) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

-16-

 

     (6) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person,
whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;

     (7) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person to the extent of such
guarantee; provided that Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries that is guaranteed
by the Company or the Company’s Subsidiaries shall only be counted once in the calculation
of the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis;
provided, further, that Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction shall not be considered to be a guarantee of Indebtedness;

     (8) all Attributable Indebtedness;

     (9) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of
such Person; and

     (10) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention
agreements relating to assets purchased by such Person.

          Notwithstanding clause (4) above, the obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
to pay the purchase price for an Exercised Purchase Option Contract entered into and exercised in
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall not constitute “Indebtedness” under clause (4) above even though the
purchase price therefor may be due more than six months after exercise thereof.

          “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time in accordance with the terms hereof including, for all purposes of this Indenture and any such
supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be a part of
and govern this Indenture.

          “Independent Appraiser” means a Person:

     (1) that is (a) engaged in the business of appraising Vessels who is generally
acceptable to institutional lenders to the shipping and logistics industries or (b) if no
Person described in clause (1)(a) is at such time generally providing appraisals of vessels
(as determined in good faith by the Company) then, an independent investment banking firm of
international standing qualified to perform such valuation (as determined in good faith by
the Company); and

     (2) who (a) is independent of the parties to the transaction in question and their
Affiliates and (b) is not connected with the Company, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or
any of such Affiliates as an officer, director, employee, partner or person performing
similar functions.

          “Initial Purchasers” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, J.P. Morgan
Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and S. Goldman
Advisors LLC.

-17-

 

          “interest” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes (regardless of whether so stated).

          “Interest Payment Date” means each April 15 and October 15 starting with October 15, 2011.

          “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances
or capital contributions, purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity
Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP but excluding extensions of trade
credit or advances, deposits and payments to or with suppliers, lessors or utilities or for
workers’ compensation in the ordinary course of business or prepaid expenses or deposits on the
balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such
Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have
made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of
the Company’s Investments in such Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of in an amount
determined as provided in Section 4.11(c). The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to
be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount
equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person
in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.11(c). Except as otherwise provided in this
Indenture, the amount of an Investment shall be determined at the time the Investment is made and
without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

          “Issue Date” means April 12, 2011, the date of the original issuance of the Notes under this
Indenture.

          “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest
or encumbrance of any kind on such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected
under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease
in the nature thereof, any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, that in no event shall an
operating lease that is not a Capital Lease Obligation be deemed to constitute a Lien.

          “Logistics Finance” means Navios Logistics Finance (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          “Make-Whole Redemption” has the meaning given in Section 5 of the Notes.

          “Make-Whole Redemption Date” with respect to a Make-Whole Redemption, means the date such
Make-Whole Redemption is effected.

          “Maturity Date” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal
amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided.

-18-

 

          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

          “Navios Holdings” means Navios Maritime Holdings Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation.

          “Navios Holdings Loan Facility” means that certain loan agreement between Navios Holdings and
the Company providing for up to $40.0 million of borrowings and described in the Offering
Memorandum.

          “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash
received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset
Sale), net of fees, commissions, expenses and other direct costs relating to such Asset Sale,
including, without limitation, (a) fees and expenses related to such Asset Sale (including legal,
accounting and investment banking fees, title and recording tax fees and sales and brokerage
commissions, and any relocation expenses and severance or shutdown costs incurred as a result of
such Asset Sale), (b) all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes paid or payable as a
result of the Asset Sale, (c) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness,
other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien incurred in compliance with the
terms of the indenture on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, (d) amounts
required to be paid to any Person (other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries)
owning a beneficial interest in the assets which are subject to such Asset Sale, (e) in the case of
any Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, payments to holders of Equity
Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests held by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries) to the extent that such payment is required to permit the distribution
of proceeds of such Asset Sale in respect of Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary held by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (f) any escrow or reserve for adjustment in
respect of the sale price of such assets established in accordance with GAAP and any reserve in
accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the
seller after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities,
liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations
associated with such Asset Sale except to the extent that such proceeds are released from any such
escrow or to the extent such reserve is reduced or eliminated.

          “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

     (1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a)
provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that
would constitute Indebtedness (other than, with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary,
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction)), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or
otherwise (other than, with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary, pursuant to Standard
Securitization Undertaking in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction), or
(c) constitutes the lender; and

-19-

 

     (2) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing or have contractually
agreed that they shall not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than, in the case of a Qualified
Securitization Transaction, the equity interests in, any Purchase Money Notes of and the
assets of the applicable Securitization Subsidiary).

          “Non-U.S. Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation S.

          “Notes” means, collectively, the Co-Issuers’ 91/4% Senior Notes due 2019
issued in accordance with Section 2.02 (whether issued on the Issue Date, issued as Additional
Notes, issued as Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, or otherwise issued after the
Issue Date) treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture, as amended or
supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

          “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, costs and expenses,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation
governing any Indebtedness.

          “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum of the Co-Issuers relating to the Notes
dated April 6, 2011.

          “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, any of the following: the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant
Treasurer, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Controller or any other officer designated
by the relevant Board of Directors serving in a similar capacity.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers and delivered to the
Trustee.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of
Sections 11.04 and 11.05. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Co-Issuers, a
Guarantor or the Trustee. Opinions of Counsel required to be delivered under this Indenture may
have qualifications customary for opinions of the type required in the relevant jurisdictions or
related to the items covered by the opinion and counsel delivering such Opinions of Counsel may
rely on certificates of the Co-Issuers or government or other officials customary for opinions of
the type required, including certificates certifying as to matters of fact, including that various
covenants have been complied with.

          “pari passu Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor that ranks
pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as applicable.

          “Permitted Asset Swap” means the exchange of property or assets of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary for assets to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a
Permitted Business.

-20-

 

          “Permitted Business” means any business conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as
described in the Offering Memorandum and the ownership or operation of Vessels and any activities
within the ship owning and shipping and trading industries or any port or logistics business or any
other business which is complementary, incidental, related or ancillary to any such activities,
industries and businesses, including owning and/or operating or other activities in connection with
barges, floating vessels or crafts, floating storage production units, storage tanks and terminals,
salvage, port facilities and services, pipelines and, loading and discharging facilities and drying
and conditioning facilities and equipment related thereto (including any investment in real estate
in respect of the foregoing). For purposes hereof, the acquisition of loans and other third party
debt obligations in connection with the acquisition or potential acquisition of Vessels or ports or
related activities is a Permitted Business.

          “Permitted Hedging Obligations” means at any time, Hedging Obligations designed to manage
interest rates or interest rate risk or protect against fluctuations in currency exchange rates,
commodity prices or freight rates and not for speculative purposes (all as determined by the
Company on the date of entering into such Hedging Obligation). Forward Freight Agreements entered
into by the Company in its good faith determination for the purpose of hedging available days
against fluctuations in freight rates (as so determined by the Company on the date of entering into
such Forward Freight Agreement) shall be deemed to have been entered into not for speculative
purposes and shall qualify as “Permitted Hedging Obligations” for all purposes under this
Indenture.

          “Permitted Holders” means each of: (i) Navios Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries (but only
for so long as it continues to be a Subsidiary of Navios Holdings); (ii) Angeliki Frangou; (iii)
for the individual named in (ii) above, each of her spouse, siblings, ancestors, descendants
(whether by blood, marriage or adoption, and including stepchildren) and the spouses, siblings,
ancestors and descendants thereof (whether by blood, marriage or adoption, and including
stepchildren) of such natural persons, the beneficiaries, estates and legal representatives of any
of the foregoing, the trustee of any bona fide trust of which any of the foregoing, individually or
in the aggregate, are the majority in interest beneficiaries or grantors, and any corporation,
partnership, limited liability company or other Person in which any of the foregoing, individually
or in the aggregate, own or control a majority in interest; and (iv) all Affiliates controlled by
the Persons named in clauses (ii) and (iii) above.

          “Permitted Investments” means:

     (1) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

     (2) any Investment in a Co-Issuer or in a Guarantor;

     (3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a
Person, if as a result of such Investment:

     (a) such Person becomes a Guarantor; or

     (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, a
Co-Issuer or a Guarantor;

-21-

 

     (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from
an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.13;

     (5) any Investment made for consideration consisting of Qualified Equity Interests
of the Company;

     (6) any Investments received in compromise, settlement or resolution of (A)
obligations of trade creditors or customers, including, without limitation, pursuant to any
plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade
creditor or customer; or (B) litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are
not Affiliates;

     (7) Investments represented by Permitted Hedging Obligations;

     (8) Investments (a) in existence on the Issue Date or (b) committed to be made or
made in connection with arrangements or agreements in existence on the Issue Date; provided
that Investments in non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date that
are required to be made pursuant to the terms of the arrangements or agreements governing
such joint ventures (and any amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal
thereto or replacement thereof so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement,
extension or renewal, or replacement agreement, is not materially more disadvantageous to
the Holders taken as a whole than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or
advisable to be made in the good faith judgment of the Company, when taken together with all
other Investments made in such non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause
(8)(b) shall not exceed since the Issue Date $20.0 million at any one time outstanding;

     (9) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and
lease, endorsements for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business, utility or
workers’ compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the
operations of the business in the ordinary course of business;

     (10) loans and advances to employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $5.0 million at any one time
outstanding;

     (11) payroll, travel and similar advances made in the ordinary course of business
to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances to be treated as expenses in
accordance with GAAP;

     (12) Investments held by a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company or is merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company and not made in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or
merger;

     (13) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Securitization
Subsidiary (including, without limitation, the payment of Securitization Fees in connection
with a Qualified Securitization Transaction) or

-22-

 

any Investment by a Securitization Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a
Qualified Securitization Transaction (including Investments of funds held in accounts
required by customary arrangements governing such Qualified Securitization Transaction in
the manner required by such arrangements), so long as any Investment in a Securitization
Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, a contribution of additional
Securitization Assets or an Equity Interest;

     (14) Investments in any Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person engaged in a
Permitted Business the Fair Market Value of which, when taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (14) since the Issue Date and that remain
outstanding, do not exceed the greater of (x) $30.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Total Assets;

     (15) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the Fair Market Value of which, when
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (15) since the Issue
Date and that remain outstanding, do not exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y)
4.0% of Total Assets; and

     (16) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate Fair Market Value, when
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (16) that are at the
time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total
Assets.

          “Permitted Liens” means:

     (1) Liens on assets and property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries securing
Indebtedness and other related Obligations under Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at
any time outstanding not to exceed $80.0 million;

     (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with
or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company; provided that such Liens were not created in connection with such merger,
consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary;

     (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition
of the property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that
such Liens were not incurred in connection with such acquisition;

     (5) Liens incurred or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, employment
insurance or other types of social security, including Liens securing letters of credit
issued in the ordinary course of business or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory
obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, performance and
return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations including those arising from regulatory,
contractual or warranty requirements of the Company and its

-23-

 

Subsidiaries, including rights of offset and setoff (in each case exclusive of
obligations for the payment of borrowed money);

     (6) (i) Liens represented by any interest or title of a lessor under any Capital
Lease Obligation (including in respect of Vessels and Related Assets); provided that such
Liens do not extend to any property or assets which are not leased property subject to such
Capital Lease Obligation or (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness in respect of mortgage
financings or purchase money or other obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of
acquiring assets or a business that is a Permitted Business or financing all or any part of
the purchase price or cost of design, construction, installation or improvement of property,
plant or equipment (including, without limitation, Vessels and Related Assets) used in the
business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (A) such
Indebtedness does not exceed the purchase price or cost of such property, plant or equipment
or improvement and shall not be secured by any property, plant or equipment of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the property, plant and equipment so acquired,
constructed, installed or improved and (B) the Lien securing such Indebtedness shall be
created within 180 days of such acquisition, construction, installation, delivery or
improvement;

     (7) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred to finance (A) the construction, purchase
or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, one or more Vessels and any Vessel
Related Assets or (B) the Capital Stock of a Person the assets of which include one or more
Vessels and any Vessel Related Assets (and, in each case, Liens securing Indebtedness that
refinances or replaces any such Indebtedness); provided, however, that, (i) except as
provided in clauses (ii) and (iii) below and except to the extent that any portion of such
Indebtedness is secured by a Lien incurred and outstanding pursuant to another clause of
this definition of “Permitted Liens” or otherwise in compliance with Section 4.12, the
principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such a Lien in respect of this clause (7) does
not exceed (x) with respect to Indebtedness incurred to finance the construction of such
Vessel(s) or Vessel Related Assets, 80%, without duplication, of the sum of (1) the contract
price pursuant to the Construction Contract(s) for such Vessel(s) plus, without duplication,
the Fair Market Value of any Vessel Related Assets and (2) any other ready for sea cost for
such Vessel(s) or Vessel Related Assets (as determined in good faith by the Company), and
(y) with respect to Indebtedness Incurred to finance the acquisition of such Vessel(s),
Vessel Related Assets or Person, 80% of the Fair Market Value of such Vessel(s), Vessel
Related Assets or the Vessel and Vessel Related Assets of such Person at the time such Lien
is incurred, (ii) in the case of Indebtedness that matures within nine months after the
incurrence of such Indebtedness (other than any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness of such
Indebtedness or Indebtedness that matures within one year prior to the Stated Maturity of
the Notes), the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such a Lien shall not exceed the
Fair Market Value of such, without duplication, Vessel(s), Vessel Related Assets or the
Vessel and Vessel Related Assets of such Person at the time such Lien is incurred, and (iii)
in the case of Indebtedness representing Capital Lease Obligations relating to a Vessel or
Vessel Related Assets, the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such a Lien shall not
exceed 100% of the sum of (1), without duplication, the Fair Market Value of such Vessel or
Vessel Related

-24-

 

Assets at the time such Lien is incurred and (2) any ready for sea cost for such Vessel
or Vessel Related Assets (as determined in good faith by the Company);

     (8) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filings or
other applicable similar filings regarding operating leases and vessel charters entered into
by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

     (9) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary arising from Vessel chartering, drydocking, maintenance, repair,
refurbishment or replacement, the furnishing of supplies and bunkers to Vessels and Vessel
Related Assets, repairs and improvements to Vessels and Vessel Related Assets, including
ports, masters’, officers’ or crews’ wages and maritime Liens and any other Liens (other
than Liens in respect of Indebtedness) incurred in the ordinary course of operations of a
Vessel;

     (10) Liens for general average and salvage;

     (11) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens, if any, under the Navios
Holdings Loan Facility) and Liens in respect of Indebtedness incurred after the Issue Date
under all Credit Facilities (other than the Navios Holdings Loan Facility) outstanding or
committed to on the Issue Date to the extent such Indebtedness is deemed incurred in
reliance on clause (2) of Section 4.10(b) pursuant to the second sentence of Section
4.10(c);

     (12) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not
yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly
instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor;

     (13) (x) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s,
suppliers’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business
and (y) other Liens arising by operation of law covered by insurance including any
deductibles thereon);

     (14) survey exceptions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other
similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property that do not
materially adversely affect the operation of the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

     (15) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes (or the Guarantees)
(and any exchange notes and related Guarantees issued pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement) or payment obligations to the Trustee;

     (16) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; provided, however, that such Liens (a) are not materially
more favorable to the lienholders with respect to such Liens than the Liens in respect of
the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (b) do not extend to or cover any property or assets

-25-

 

of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not securing the Indebtedness so
refinanced (other than (x) any improvements or accessions to such property or assets or any
items which constitute Related Assets with respect to such underlying property or assets
securing the Indebtedness so refinanced or (y) any Lien on additional property or assets
which Lien would have been permitted to be granted pursuant to Section 4.12 in respect of
the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged by such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness at the time such prior Indebtedness was initially
incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary);

     (17) Liens arising by reason of any judgment, decree or order of any court not
giving rise to an Event of Default;

     (18) Liens and rights of setoff in favor of a bank imposed by law and incurred in
the ordinary course of business on deposit accounts maintained with such bank and cash and
Cash Equivalents in such accounts;

     (19) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any
Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or
created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of
such inventory or other goods;

     (20) Liens securing Permitted Hedging Obligations which Permitted Hedging
Obligations relate to Indebtedness that is otherwise permitted under this Indenture;
provided, however, that if such Permitted Hedging Obligation is a Forward Freight Agreement
such Lien shall not extend to any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary other than funds of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary maintained in the
ordinary course of business in deposit accounts with the clearinghouse clearing such Forward
Freight Agreement;

     (21) Liens arising under a contract over goods, documents of title to goods and
related documents and insurances and their proceeds, in each case in respect of documentary
credit transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (22) Liens arising under any retention of title, hire, purchase or conditional sale
arrangement or arrangements having similar effect in respect of goods supplied to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

     (23) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
provided that (as of the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness after giving pro forma
effect to the application of the net proceeds therefrom), the Secured Debt Ratio does not
exceed 2.75 to 1.0;

     (24) Liens on Securitization Assets transferred to a Securitization Subsidiary or
on assets of a Securitization Subsidiary or pledges of the equity interests in or Purchase
Money Notes of a Securitization Subsidiary, in each case, in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction;

-26-

 

     (25) any extension, renewal or replacement, in whole or in part, of any Lien
described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (24); provided that any such extension,
renewal or replacement is no more restrictive in any material respect that the Lien so
extended, renewed or replaced and does not extend to any additional property or assets; and

     (26) Liens incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with
respect to obligations that do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding.

          For purposes of determining what category of Permitted Lien that any Lien shall be included
in, the Company in its sole discretion may classify such Lien on the date of its incurrence and
later reclassify all or a portion of such Lien in any manner that complies with this definition.
If on any date the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary intends to incur a portion of a
Permitted Lien under clause (23) of this definition and a portion of a Lien under one or more
additional clauses under this definition, the incurrence under clause (23) hereof shall be deemed
to have occurred prior in time to the incurrence under any other clause of this definition.

          “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net
proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge, other Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided that, in the case of Indebtedness which is not being used to concurrently refinance or
defease the Notes in full:

     (1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) or mandatory redemption
amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or
accreted value, if applicable) or mandatory redemption amount, plus accrued interest or
dividends in connection therewith, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all dividends and
accrued interest on such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock and the amount
of all fees, expenses, premiums and other amounts incurred in connection therewith);

     (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity or final
Redemption Date either (i) no earlier than the final maturity or final Redemption Date of
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded or (ii)
after the Maturity Date;

     (3) the portion, if any, of the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded has a Weighted Average
Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded;

     (4) if the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment

-27-

 

to the Notes or a Guarantee, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes or a Guarantee on terms at least as favorable to the Holders
of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or
refunded; and

     (5) such Indebtedness is incurred either by (i) if a Restricted Subsidiary that is
not a Guarantor is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed,
replaced, defeased or refunded, any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or (ii)
the Company (and Logistics Finance, to the extent it is serving as a co-obligor or guarantor
of Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary that
becomes a Guarantor in contemplation or upon the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness) or a Guarantor (or any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Guarantor in
contemplation of or upon the incurrence of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness).

     For all purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Replacement Indebtedness”) may in
the Company’s discretion be deemed to replace other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Replaced
Indebtedness”) if such Replacement Indebtedness satisfies the requirements of clauses (1) through
(5) above and is (x) incurred no later than 180 days of the date on which the Replaced Indebtedness
was repaid, redeemed, defeased or discharged and (y) if the proceeds of the Replaced Indebtedness
were primarily utilized to finance or refinance the acquisition of one or more Vessels, then
substantially all of the net proceeds from such Replacement Indebtedness must be used to finance or
refinance the acquisition of assets used or useful in a Permitted Business (including, without
limitation, Vessels and Related Assets, which need not be the same Vessel or Vessels or Related
Assets which were financed or refinanced with the Replaced Indebtedness).

          “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or
other entity.

          “principal” means, with respect to the Notes, the principal of and premium, if any, on the
Notes.

          “Private Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning specified in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

          “Private Placement Legend” means the legends in the form set forth in Exhibit B to be
placed on the Notes except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

          “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Subsidiary to the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, which note (a) must be repaid from cash available to the
Securitization Subsidiary, other than amounts required to be

-28-

 

established as reserves, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other
amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated
or newly acquired Securitization Assets and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in
clause (a).

          “Purchase Option Contract” means any contract granting the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary the option to purchase one or more Vessels and any Related Assets or any asset to be
used or useful in a Permitted Business, including any amendments, supplements or modifications
thereto.

          “Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests of the Company other than Disqualified
Stock.

          “Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act.

          “Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered
into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary sells, contributes, conveys or otherwise transfers to (a) a Securitization
Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (b)
any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), or transfers an
undivided interest in or grants a security interest in, any Securitization Assets (whether now
existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any
assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such Securitization
Assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Securitization
Assets, proceeds of such Securitization Assets and all other assets which are customarily
transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with a
securitization transaction of such type; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

          “Record Date” means the applicable Record Date specified in the Notes; provided that if any
such date is not a Business Day, the Record Date shall be the first day immediately succeeding such
specified day that is a Business Day.

          “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for
such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

          “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed on a Redemption Date,
means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to and in accordance with this Indenture,
exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the Redemption
Date, unless otherwise specifically provided herein.

          “Registration Rights Agreement” means (i) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the
Issue Date among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (ii) any other exchange
and registration rights agreement entered into in connection with an issuance of Additional Notes
in a private offering after the Issue Date.

          “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

-29-

 

          “Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

          “Related Asset” means any assets used, established or maintained or useful in a Permitted
Business.

          “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer in the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president,
trust officer, assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who currently performs
functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers,
respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge
of and familiarity with the particular subject and shall also mean any officer who shall have
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

          “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

          “Restricted Security” means a Note that constitutes a “Restricted Security” within the meaning
of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled
to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note
constitutes a Restricted Security.

          “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of such Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,
and its successors.

          “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person
is a party providing for the leasing to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of any property,
whether owned by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the Issue Date or later acquired, which
has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to such Person
or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the
security of such property.

          “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Indebtedness of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien on any property or assets of the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP
to (y) the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters
for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of
determination, with such adjustments to the amount of such Indebtedness and Consolidated Cash Flow
as are consistent with the adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio.” For purposes of this calculation, the amount of such Indebtedness outstanding as
of any date of determination shall not include

-30-

 

(i) outstanding stand-by letters of credit which have not been drawn upon and (ii) any Hedging Obligations
that are incurred for non-speculative purposes.

          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company secured by a Lien on any of its assets.

          “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute
or statutes thereto and, in each case, the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC thereunder.

          “Securitization Assets” means any accounts receivable, instruments, chattel paper, contract
rights, general intangibles or revenue streams subject to a Qualified Securitization Transaction
and any assets related thereto (other than Vessels), including, without limitation, all collateral
securing such assets, all contracts and all guarantees or other supporting obligations in respect
of such assets and all proceeds of the forgoing.

          “Securitization Fees” means all yield, interest or other payments made directly or by means of
discounts with respect to any interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a
Person that is not a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization
Transaction.

          “Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization
Assets in a Qualified Securitization Transaction to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a
result of a breach of Standard Securitization Undertakings, including as a result of a
Securitization Asset or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset
or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or
any other event relating to, the seller.

          “Securitization Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person formed for
the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Transaction in which the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company transfers Securitization Assets and related assets):

     (1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities
other than activities in connection with, financing Securitization Assets of the Company
and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any activities incidental thereto;

     (2) that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other
Person as a Securitization Subsidiary pursuant to Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’
Certificate and delivered to the Trustee;

     (3) that, other than Securitization Assets, has total assets at the time of such
creation and designation with a book value of $10,000 or less;

     (4) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

-31-

 

     (5) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has
any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts,
agreements, arrangements and understandings on terms not materially less favorable to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from
Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Securitization
Transaction (as determined in good faith by the Company) and Securitization Fees payable in
the ordinary course of business in connection with such a Qualified Securitization
Transaction; and

     (6) with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company has any obligation (a) to make any additional capital contribution (other than
Securitization Assets) or similar payment or transfer thereto or (b) to maintain or preserve
the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of
operations thereof.

     “Shareholders Agreement” means each of the Shareholder’s Agreements dated January 1,
2008 and June 17, 2010 by and between the Company, Navios Corporation and Grandall
Investment S.A., as such agreements may be amended, modified, supplemented, replaced,
extended or renewed from time to time in compliance with Section 4.14(b)(7).

          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as
defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act,
as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and
indemnities entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which have been
determined by the Company in good faith to be reasonably customary in Qualified Securitization
Transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a
Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation shall
be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of principal on any series of
Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of principal was scheduled to be paid in the
documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date (or, if incurred after the Issue
Date, as of the date of the initial incurrence thereof) and shall not include any contingent
obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally
scheduled for the payment thereof.

          “Subordinated Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor that is
subordinated in right payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees of such Guarantor, as the case
may be.

          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

     (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of
the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the

-32-

 

occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
Trustees of the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time owned or
controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person (or a combination thereof); and

     (2) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest (without
regard to the occurrence of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned by
such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or a combination thereof).

          “Tax” shall mean any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge
(including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

          “Taxing Authority” shall mean any government or political subdivision or territory or
possession of any government or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax.

          “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with
GAAP.

          “Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the
date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, except as otherwise set
forth in Section 9.03.

          “Trustee” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such
successor.

          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board
of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only
to the extent that such Subsidiary:

     (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

     (2) except as permitted by Section 4.14 is not party to any agreement, contract,
arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are not
materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might
be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

     (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to make any additional capital
contributions (other than, with respect to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization
Assets transferred in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction) or similar
payment or transfer thereto or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet
term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof; and

-33-

 

     (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support
for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

          Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be
evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving
effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied
with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.11. If, at any time, any Unrestricted
Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall
thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date
under Section 4.10, the Company shall be in default of such Section. The Board of Directors of the
Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such
designation shall only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.10,
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the
four-quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence
immediately following such designation. Any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will
automatically be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Company has no Unrestricted
Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date

          “U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America that at the
time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

          “U.S. Dollar Equivalent” means, with respect to any monetary amount in a currency other than
U.S. dollars, at any time for the determination thereof, the amount of U.S. dollars obtained by
converting such foreign currency involved in such computation into U.S. dollars at the spot rate
for the purchase of U.S. dollars with the applicable foreign currency as quoted by Reuters at
approximately 10:00 A.M. (New York time) on the date not more than two Business Days prior to such
determination.

          “Vessel” means a tanker, bulk carrier, barge, liquid petroleum gas/liquid natural gas tanker,
chemical carrier, bulk carrier, container vessel, reefer vessel, tug boat, push boat, off shore
supply vessel, floating storage production unit, barge and in general any floating craft whose
purpose may be partially or wholly to deploy, procure, process, transport, load, discharge,
transfer or store lawful commodities or to transport crew, personnel or passengers, and all related
spares, stores, equipment, additions and improvement equipment related to such work whether it is
attached to such vessel or not which is owned by and registered (or to be owned by and registered)
in the name of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or operated or to be operated by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to a lease or other operating agreement
constituting a Capital Lease Obligation.

          “Vessel Related Asset” means (i) any insurance policies and contracts from time to time in
force with respect to a Vessel, (ii) the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
owning a Vessel and related assets, (iii) any requisition compensation payable in

-34-

 

respect of any compulsory acquisition of a Vessel, (iv) any earnings derived from the use or
operation of a Vessel and/or any earnings account with respect to such earnings, (v) any charters,
operating leases, contracts of affreightment, Vessel purchase options and related agreements
entered and any security or guarantee in respect of the charterer’s or lessee’s obligations under
such charter, lease, Vessel purchase option or agreement, (vi) any cash collateral account
established with respect to a Vessel pursuant to the financing arrangement with respect thereto,
(vii) any building, conversion or repair contracts relating to a Vessel and any security or
guarantee in respect of the builder’s obligations under such contract and (viii) any security
interest in, or agreement or assignment relating to, any of the foregoing or any mortgage in
respect of a Vessel and any asset reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto.

          “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

     (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of such Indebtedness or
redemption or similar payment in respect of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, by
(b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that shall elapse between
such date and the making of such payment; by

     (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness or the maximum
amount payable upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of,
amount of such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock.

          “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such
Person, all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares
or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries) are at the time owned by such Person or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of
such Person.

	 	 	SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“144A Global Note”
	 	 	2.01	 
	“Additional Amounts”
	 	 	4.20	(b)
	“Additional Interest Notice”
	 	 	4.19	 
	“Additional Notes”
	 	 	2.02	 
	“Affiliate Transaction”
	 	 	4.14	(a)
	“Asset Sale Offer”
	 	 	4.13	(e)
	“Asset Sale Payment Date”
	 	 	4.13	(f)(2)
	“Authentication Order”
	 	 	2.02	 
	“Base Currency”
	 	 	11.16	(b)(1)(A)
	“Change of Control Offer”
	 	 	4.09	 

-35-

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	Term	 	Defined in Section
	“Change of Control Payment”
	 	 	4.09	 
	“Change of Control Payment Date”
	 	 	4.09	 
	“Co-Issuer”
	 	Preamble
	“Company”
	 	Preamble
	“Company Process Agent”
	 	 	11.15	(a)
	“Covenant Defeasance”
	 	 	8.04	 
	“Event of Default”
	 	 	6.01	 
	“Excess Proceeds”
	 	 	4.13	(e)
	“Global Note”
	 	 	2.01	 
	“Guarantee Obligations”
	 	 	10.01	 
	“incur”
	 	 	4.10	(a)
	“Initial Global Notes”
	 	 	2.01	 
	“Initial Notes”
	 	 	2.02	 
	“Judgment Currency”
	 	 	11.16	(b)(1)(A)
	“Legal Defeasance”
	 	 	8.03	 
	“Navios”
	 	Preamble
	“Logistics Finance”
	 	Preamble
	“Notation of Guarantee”
	 	 	10.03	 
	“Notice of Acceleration”
	 	 	6.02	 
	“Offered Price”
	 	 	4.13	(e)
	“Participants”
	 	 	2.15	(a)
	“Paying Agent”
	 	 	2.03	 
	“Payment Amount”
	 	 	4.13	(e)
	“Payment Default”
	 	 	6.01	(5)(a)
	“Permitted Debt”
	 	 	4.10	(b)
	“Physical Notes”
	 	 	2.01	 
	“Primary Lien”
	 	 	4.12	(a)(2)
	“Process Agent”
	 	 	11.15	(b)
	“rate of exchange”
	 	 	11.16	(d)
	“Registrar”
	 	 	2.03	 
	“Regulation S Global Note”
	 	 	2.01	 
	“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	 	 	4.20	(a)
	“Reinvestment Termination Date”
	 	 	4.13	(d)
	“Restricted Payments”
	 	 	4.11	(a)
	“Specified Courts”
	 	 	11.08	 
	“Surviving Entity”
	 	 	2.02	 
	“Third Party Process Agent”
	 	 	11.15	(b)
	“Total Loss”
	 	 	4.10	(b)(5)

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act, such provision is
incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. The following Trust Indenture
Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

-36-

 

          “indenture securities” means the Notes.

          “indenture security holder” means a Holder.

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

          “obligor” in respect of this Indenture or on the Notes means a Co-Issuer, any
Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

          All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust
Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule
and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein.

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.

          For all purposes under this Indenture and the Notes, except as otherwise provided and unless
the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in
accordance with GAAP (for the avoidance of doubt, determinations of whether an action is for
speculative purposes is not an accounting term);

     (3) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the
singular;

     (4) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

     (5) “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as
a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

     (6) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be
followed by “without limitation”;

     (7) references to “$” or dollars are to United States dollars; and

     (8) references to Subsidiaries are to Subsidiaries of the Company.

-37-

 

ARTICLE TWO

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating.

          The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by
law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Co-Issuers shall approve the form of the Notes and any
notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and
show the date of its authentication. Each Note shall have an executed Notation of Guarantee from
each of the Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed thereon substantially in the form of
Exhibit E.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall constitute, and
are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Co-Issuers,
the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree
to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any
Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture
shall govern and be controlling.

          Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of a
single permanent global Note in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit
A (the “144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly
executed by the Co-Issuers (and having an executed Notation of Guarantee from each of the
Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B.

          Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued
initially in the form of a single permanent global Note in registered form substantially in the
form of Exhibit A (the “Regulation S Global Note”; and together with the 144A Global Note,
the “Initial Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly
executed by each Co-Issuer (and having an executed Notation of Guarantee from each of the
Guarantors existing on the Issue Date endorsed thereon) and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided and shall bear the legends set forth in Exhibit B.

          Notes issued after the Issue Date shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global
Notes in registered form, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, deposited with
the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, duly executed by each Co-Issuer (and having an
executed Notation of Guarantee from each of the Guarantors endorsed thereon) and authenticated by
the Trustee as hereinafter provided and shall bear any legends required by applicable law (together
with the Initial Global Notes, the “Global Notes”) or as Physical Notes. With respect to
Additional Notes, any Additional Interest, if set forth in the applicable Registration Rights
Agreement, may be paid to holders of such Additional Notes immediately prior to the making or the
consummation of the applicable Exchange Offer regardless of any other provision regarding record
dates set forth herein; provided that the Co-Issuers shall give advance written notice thereof to
the Trustee.

-38-

 

          The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depository, as
hereinafter provided. Notes issued in exchange for interests in a Global Note pursuant to Section
2.16 may be issued in the form of permanent certificated Notes in registered form in substantially
the form set forth in Exhibit A and bearing the applicable legends, if any, (the “Physical
Notes”).

          Subject to the provisions of Section 2.02 and Section 4.10, the Co-Issuers may issue, from
time to time, Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial
Notes issued on the Issue Date or the Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities issued
therefor (in each case, other than with respect to the date of issuance, registration rights, issue
price and amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto), as the
case may be. Any Additional Notes shall be part of the same issue as the Notes being issued on the
Issue Date and will vote and consent on all matters as one class with the Notes being issued on the
Issue Date, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and Change of Control
Offers.

	 	 	SECTION 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Denomination; Additional
Notes; Exchange Securities.

          One Officer of each Co-Issuer (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate
actions) shall sign the Notes for such Co-Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. One Officer of
a Guarantor (who shall have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign the
Notation of Guarantee for such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note or Notation of Guarantee, as the case may be, was
an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

          A Note (and the Notations of Guarantees in respect thereof) shall not be valid until an
authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.
The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly and validly authenticated
under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall authenticate (i) on the Issue Date, Notes for original issue in the
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $200.0 million (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) additional
Notes (the “Additional Notes”) having identical terms and conditions to the Initial Notes, except
for issue date, issue price and first interest payment date, in an unlimited amount (so long as not
otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10)
and (iii) Exchange Securities (x) in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or (y)
in exchange for a like principal amount of Additional Notes, in each case upon a written order of
the Co-Issuers in the form of a certificate of an Officer of each Co-Issuer (an “Authentication
Order”). Each such Authentication Order shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and
the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes,
Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or Additional Notes and whether the

-39-

 

Notes are to be issued as certificated Notes or Global Notes or such other information as the
Trustee may reasonably request.

          All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes
under this Indenture. None of the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, the Exchange Securities or
the Private Exchange Securities shall have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any
manner (it being understood that the foregoing shall in no way limit the rights of Holders pursuant
to Section 9.02(b)). The Additional Notes shall bear any legend required by applicable law.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Co-Issuers to
authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an authenticating agent may
authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has
the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Co-Issuers and Affiliates of the Co-Issuers. The
Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Notes under this Indenture
if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or
if the Trustee in good faith shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal
liability.

          The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000
and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

          In case a Co-Issuer, pursuant to and in accordance with Article Five, shall, in one or more
related transactions, be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall sell,
assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all the assets of such
Co-Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any Person, and the surviving Person
resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger or into which such Co-Issuer shall have
been merged, or the surviving Person which shall have participated in the sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition as aforesaid, shall have assumed all of the obligations
of such Co-Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee in accordance with Article Five (such Person, the “Surviving Entity”), any of the
Global Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition may, from time to time, at the request of the Surviving
Entity, be exchanged for other Global Notes executed in the name of the Surviving Entity with only
such changes in phraseology as may be appropriate to reflect the identity of the Surviving Entity,
but otherwise in substance of like tenor, terms and conditions in all respects as the Global Notes
surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount; and the Trustee, upon the request of
the Surviving Entity, shall authenticate and deliver Global Notes as specified in such request for
the purpose of such exchange. If Global Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in
any new name of a Surviving Entity pursuant to this Section 2.02 in exchange or substitution for or
upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such Surviving Entity, at the option of the Holders but
without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for
Notes authenticated and delivered in such new name.

-40-

 

SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.

          The Co-Issuers shall maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency in the United
States where (a) Notes may be presented for payment or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for exchange (“Registrar”), (b) Notes may, subject to Section 2 of the Notes, be presented or
surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands to or upon the Co-Issuers in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Co-Issuers may also from time to time
designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for
any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however,
that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve either Co-Issuer of its
obligation to maintain or cause to be maintained an office or agency in the United States, for such
purposes. At the option of the Co-Issuers, the payment of interest and Additional Interest, if
any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the
register of Holders; provided that for Holders owning at least $100,000 aggregate principal amount
of Notes that have given wire transfer instructions to the Co-Issuers at least ten (10) Business
Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Co-Issuers shall make all payments of principal,
interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. The Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may
act as Registrar or Paying Agent, except that for the purposes of Article Eight, neither the
Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall act as Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Co-Issuers, upon notice to the
Trustee, may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Co-Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as
Registrar and Paying Agent until such time as the Trustee has resigned or a successor has been
appointed.

          To the extent necessary, the Co-Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with
any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which agreement shall implement the provisions of this
Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee, in advance, of the
name and address of any such Agent. If the Co-Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying
Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust.

          The Co-Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal
of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (whether such assets have
been distributed to it by the Co-Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes), and shall notify the
Trustee of any Default by the Co-Issuers (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such
payment. The Co-Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it
to the Trustee and account for any assets disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the
continuance of any Payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying
Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed.
Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Co-Issuers to
the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent (if other than the

-41-

 

Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for such assets. If
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a
separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any
bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Co-Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as
Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust
Indenture Act §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Co-Issuers shall furnish to the
Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days prior to each Interest Payment Date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee
may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively
relied upon by the Trustee.

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

          Subject to Sections 2.15 and 2.16, when Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to
register the transfer of such Notes or to exchange such Notes for an equal principal amount of
Notes of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the
exchange as requested if its requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that the
Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Co-Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by
the Holder thereof or his or her attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of
transfers and exchanges, the Co-Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at
the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Co-Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or
similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

          The Co-Issuers shall not be required and, without the prior written consent of the Co-Issuers,
the Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (i) during
a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption
of Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (ii) selected for
redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article Three, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
being redeemed in part, (iii) that has been tendered (and not validly withdrawn) in a Change of
Control Offer, and (iv) beginning at the opening of business on any Record Date and ending on the
close of business on the related Interest Payment Date.

          Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial
interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Notes may be effected only
through a book-entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) in
accordance with the applicable legends thereon, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the
Note shall be required to be reflected in a book-entry system.

-42-

 

SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes.

          If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or if the Holder of a Note claims that the
Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Co-Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. Such Holder must provide
evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking, and an indemnity
bond, surety or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of both the Co-Issuers and the Trustee,
to protect the Co-Issuers, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a
Note is replaced. The Co-Issuers and the Trustee may charge such Holder for their respective
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note pursuant to this Section 2.07, including
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.

          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Co-Issuers and every replacement
Notation of Guarantee shall constitute an additional obligation of the Guarantor thereof.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes.

          Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee
except those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this
Section as not outstanding. A Note does not cease to be outstanding because a Co-Issuer, a
Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates holds the Note (subject to the provisions of
Section 2.09).

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for
replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Co-Issuers and a Responsible Officer of the
Trustee receive written proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement
thereof pursuant to Section 2.07.

          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be
outstanding and interest (including Additional Interest) ceases to accrue thereon. If on a
Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Company or an
Affiliate thereof) holds U.S. Legal Tender or non-callable Government Securities sufficient to pay
all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that
date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest (including Additional Interest) ceases to
accrue thereon.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in
any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Co-Issuers or any of their Affiliates shall be
disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in
conclusively relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

-43-

 

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes.

          Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Co-Issuers may prepare and the Trustee
shall, upon receipt of an authentication order, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes.
Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that
the Co-Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the
Co-Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Notes in
exchange for temporary Notes in equal principal amounts. Until such exchange, temporary Notes
shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, so long as the Notes are represented by a Global Note, such Global Note may be in
typewritten form.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation.

          A Co-Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and
the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent
(other than the Company or a Subsidiary), and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written
direction of the Co-Issuers, shall dispose of all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment
or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures. Subject to Section 2.07, the
Co-Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation (which shall not prohibit the Co-Issuers from issuing any Additional Notes, any
Exchange Securities or any Private Exchange Securities in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture). If a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall
not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless
and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.11.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest.

          If the Co-Issuers default in a payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the
Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest (including Additional Interest), plus (to the extent
lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest (including Additional Interest), in any
lawful manner, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The
Co-Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Holders on a subsequent special
record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Co-Issuers
for the payment of defaulted interest or the next succeeding Business Day if such date is not a
Business Day. At least 15 days before any such subsequent special record date, the Co-Issuers or,
at the Co-Issuers’ request, the Trustee, shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a
notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted
interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.

          The Co-Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers, and if so, the Trustee
shall use the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to
Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no

-44-

 

representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers
printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any
defect in or omission of such numbers. The Co-Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing
of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

SECTION 2.14. Deposit of Moneys.

          Subject to Section 2 of the Notes, prior to 12:00 p.m. New York City time on each Interest
Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment
Date, the Co-Issuers shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds
money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date, Maturity Date,
Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment Date, as the case may be, in
a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest
Payment Date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date, Change of Control Payment Date and Asset Sale Payment
Date, as the case may be.

SECTION 2.15. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

          (a) The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or
the nominee of the Depository, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for the Depository and
(iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B, as applicable.

          Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Participants”) shall have no rights under
this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the
Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depository may be treated by the
Co-Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Co-Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the
Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
prevent the Co-Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Co-Issuers or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or
impair, as between the Depository and Participants, the operation of customary practices governing
the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

          (b) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to
the Depository, its successors and their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in
the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules
and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.16. In addition, Physical Notes
shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in Global
Notes if (i) (a) the Depository notifies the Co-Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to act as
Depository for any Global Note or (b) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act, and the Co-Issuers so notify the Trustee in writing and a successor Depository is not
appointed by the Co-Issuers within 90 days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from any owner of a beneficial interest
in a Global Note to issue Physical Notes. Upon any issuance of a Physical Note in accordance with
this Section 2.15(b), the Trustee shall register such Physical Note in the name of, and shall cause
the same to be delivered to, such person or persons

-45-

 

(or the nominee of any thereof). All such Physical Notes shall bear the applicable legends,
if any.

          (c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in
a Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.15(b), the Registrar shall (if one or more
Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the
principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial
interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Co-Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of authorized denominations in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global
Note so transferred.

          (d) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners
pursuant to Section 2.15(b), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for
cancellation, and (i) the Co-Issuers shall execute, (ii) the Guarantors shall execute notations of
Note Guarantees on and (iii) the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Co-Issuers
authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in exchange for its
beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of
authorized denominations.

          (e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Security delivered in exchange for an
interest in a Global Note pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 2.15 shall, except as
otherwise provided by Section 2.16, bear the Private Placement Legend.

          (f) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person,
including Participants and Persons that may hold interests through Participants, to take any action
which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

SECTION 2.16. Special Transfer and Exchange Provisions.

          (a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the
registration of any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to a QIB:

     (i) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Restricted Security, whether
or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if (x) the requested transfer is after
the second anniversary of the Issue Date; provided, however, that neither the Company nor
any Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note, or portion
thereof, at any time on or prior to the second anniversary of the Issue Date or (y) such
transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the
applicable Global Note stating, or has otherwise advised the Co-Issuers and the Registrar in
writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a
transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the applicable Global Note
stating, or has otherwise advised the Co-Issuers and the Registrar in writing, that it is
purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of
Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Co-Issuers as

-46-

 

it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such
information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing
representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

     (ii) if the proposed transferee is a Participant and the Notes to be transferred
consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the
144A Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of the Physical Note and written
instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the
Registrar shall register the transfer and reflect on its book and records the date and an
increase in the principal amount of the 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Registrar shall cancel the Physical
Notes so transferred; and

     (iii) if the proposed transferor is a Participant seeking to transfer an interest
in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of written instructions given
in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall
register the transfer and reflect on its books and records the date and (A) a decrease in
the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal
amount of the Notes to be transferred and (B) an increase in the principal amount of the
144A Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be transferred.

          (b) [RESERVED]

          (c) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with
respect to any transfer of a Restricted Security to a Non-U.S. Person under Regulation S:

     (i) the Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Restricted Security to
a Non-U.S. Person upon receipt of a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit
C from the proposed transferor and such certifications, legal opinions and other
information as the Trustee or the Co-Issuers may reasonably request; and

     (ii) (a) if the proposed transferor is a Participant holding a beneficial interest
in the 144A Global Note or the Note to be transferred consists of Physical Notes, upon
receipt by the Registrar of (x) the documents required by paragraph (i) and (y) instructions
in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall
reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the 144A
Global Note, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the 144A Global Note to be
transferred or cancel the Physical Notes to be transferred, as the case may be, and (b) if
the proposed transferee is a Participant, upon receipt by the Registrar of instructions
given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar
shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of
the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the 144A Global
Note or the Physical Notes, as the case may be, to be transferred.

-47-

 

          (d) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement, the Co-Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more
Global Notes and/or Physical Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Initial Global
Notes or Physical Notes, as the case may be, tendered for acceptance in accordance with the
Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

          (e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the
Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or
another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor
Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

          (f) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes
not bearing the Private Placement Legend unless otherwise required by applicable law, the Registrar
shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or
replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes
that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) there is delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Issuers and the Trustee to the effect that neither such
legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with
the provisions of the Securities Act or (ii) such Note has been offered and sold (including
pursuant to the Exchange Offer) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act.

          (g) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend,
each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this
Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as
provided in this Indenture.

          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications
received pursuant to Section 2.15 or Section 2.16. The Co-Issuers shall have the right to inspect
and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time
upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

          The Co-Issuers and the Registrar are not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected
for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

          The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance
with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect
to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository,
Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery
of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so
if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

-48-

 

          Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have responsibility for the actions or omissions of
the Depository, or the accuracy of the books and records of the Depository.

          (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial
interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Physical Notes or a particular Global
Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note
shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11
hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for or transferred to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Physical Notes, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on
such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect
such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person
who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such
other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global
Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

SECTION 2.17. Persons Deemed Owners.

          Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer and subject to Section 2.16,
the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, any co-registrar and any Registrar may deem and
treat the person in whose name any Note shall be registered upon the register of Notes kept by the
Registrar as the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and
notwithstanding any notation of the ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone other than
the Co-Issuers, any co-registrar or any Registrar) for the purpose of receiving all payments with
respect to such Note and for all other purposes, and none of the Co-Issuers, the Trustee, any
Paying Agent, any co-registrar or any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

SECTION 2.18. Joint and Several Liability.

          Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Co-Issuers shall be jointly and severally
liable for the performance of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

ARTICLE THREE

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

          If the Co-Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 5, Section 6 or Section 7 of the
Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the
principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. The Co-Issuers shall give notice of redemption to the
Trustee at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (except that a notice
issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Article Eight may be

-49-

 

more than 60 days before such Redemption Date), together with such documentation and records
as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes
for redemption as follows:

     (x) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with
the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are
listed; or

     (y) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata
basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate;

provided that, in the case of a partial redemption pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes, the Trustee
shall select the Notes or portions thereof for redemption on a pro rata basis or on as nearly a pro
rata basis as is practicable (subject to the procedures of the Depository), unless that method is
otherwise prohibited.

          No Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Co-Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected
for partial redemption, the principal amount at maturity thereof to be redeemed or purchased.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

          (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date (except that a
notice issued in connection with a redemption referred to in Article Eight may be more than 60 days
before such Redemption Date), the Co-Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of
redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at
its registered address. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP
or ISIN number) to be redeemed and shall state:

     (1) the Redemption Date;

     (2) the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest (including Additional
Interest), if any, to be paid;

     (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

     (4) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any;

     (5) that, unless the Co-Issuers default in making the redemption payment, interest
(including Additional Interest) on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after
the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive
payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent

-50-

 

of the Notes redeemed; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

     (6) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount at
maturity of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, and upon surrender
and cancellation of such Note, a new Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof;

     (7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the
particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal
amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding
after such partial redemption; and

     (8) the Section of the Notes or this Indenture, as applicable, pursuant to which
the Notes are to be redeemed.

          The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been
given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by
mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in
part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.
Notices of optional redemption may not be conditional.

          (b) At the Co-Issuers’ request (which may be given prior to the time at which the Trustee
shall have given such notice to Holders), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption to each
Holder in the Co-Issuers’ names and at their expense; provided, however, that the Co-Issuers shall
have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter time
period is agreed to by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section
3.03(a). The notice, if mailed in the manner provided herein, shall be presumed to have been
given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for
redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued
interest and Additional Interest, if any; provided that any notice of optional redemption in
connection with an Equity Offering pursuant to Section 6 of the Notes may be given prior to the
completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Co-Issuers’ discretion, be
subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of such
Equity Offering. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption
shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued interest and Additional
Interest, if any, thereon to, but not including, the Redemption Date), but installments of
interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders
of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates. On and after the Redemption Date
interest and Additional Interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called
for redemption unless the Co-Issuers shall have not complied with their

-51-

 

respective obligations pursuant to Section 3.05. Failure to give notice or any defect in the
notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

          On or before 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date, the Co-Issuers shall
deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued
and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, of all Notes (or portions thereof) to be
redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Co-Issuers any
money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Co-Issuers in excess of the amounts
necessary to pay the Redemption Price (including accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any) for all Notes to be redeemed. In addition, so long as no payment Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all money, if any, earned on funds held by the
Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Co-Issuers to the extent not applied to payments on the
Notes.

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

          If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note
shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note or Notes in
principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note or Notes shall be issued in
the name of the Holder thereof upon surrender and cancellation of the original Note or Notes;
provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof.

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.

          The Notes shall be optionally redeemable as set forth in Section 5, Section 6 and Section 7 of
the Notes. Any such redemption shall be made in accordance with the provisions of this Article
Three.

ARTICLE FOUR

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes.

          The Co-Issuers shall pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including
Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes in the manner provided in the Notes, the Registration
Rights Agreement and this Indenture. An installment of principal of, or interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on, the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or
Paying Agent, other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (or if the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries is the Paying Agent, the segregated account or separate trust fund maintained by
the Company or such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 2.04) holds on that date as of 12:00 p.m. New
York City time U.S. Legal Tender designated for and sufficient to pay the installment. Interest on
the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

-52-

 

          The Co-Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal (including, without limitation,
post-petition interest in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law), and overdue interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to the extent lawful, at the same rate per annum borne by the Notes.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

          The Co-Issuers shall maintain the office required under Section 2.03 (which may be an office
of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar). The Co-Issuers shall give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or
agency. If at any time the Co-Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices
and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.02.

          The Co-Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented for payment or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may
from time to time rescind such designations. The Co-Issuers shall give prompt written notice to
the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.

          The Co-Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office
or agency of the Co-Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03 of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.03. Corporate Existence.

          Except as otherwise permitted by Section 4.13 and Article Five, each Co-Issuer shall do or
cause to be done all things reasonably necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
corporate existence and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and
the material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of each Co-Issuer and each
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Co-Issuers shall not be required to preserve any
such right, franchise or corporate existence with respect to itself or any Restricted Subsidiary,
if the loss thereof would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

SECTION 4.04. Payment of Taxes.

          The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall, and shall cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries
to, pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent,
all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of them or any of the Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be required to
pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose
amount the applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions and
for which appropriate provision has been made, or any such tax, assessment, charge or claim that
would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Co-Issuers and the
Guarantors taken as a whole.

-53-

 

SECTION 4.05. Limitations on Business Activities of Logistics Finance.

          Logistics Finance (or any other Subsidiary of the Company that serves as a co-issuer of the
Notes) shall not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in
any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than the issuance of the Equity
Interest to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the incurrence of Indebtedness
as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
including the Notes, that is permitted to be incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof and activities incidental thereto.

          For so long as the Company or any successor obligor under the Notes is a Person that is not
incorporated in the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of
Columbia there will be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company and that is a corporation organized and incorporated in the United States of America, any
State of the United States or the District of Columbia.

SECTION 4.06. Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default.

          (a) Each Co-Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 165 days after the close of each
fiscal year of such Co-Issuer beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, an Officers’
Certificate, one of the signatories of which shall be the chief executive officer, chief financial
officer or chief accounting officer of such Co-Issuer, stating that a review of the activities of
such Co-Issuer and, in the case of the Officer’s Certificate delivered by the Company and the
Guarantors has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining
whether such Co-Issuer and the Guarantors (if applicable) have kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer
signing such certificate, that to the best of such Officer’s actual knowledge, such Co-Issuer and
the Guarantors (if applicable) during such preceding fiscal year have kept, observed, performed and
fulfilled their respective obligations under this Indenture in all material respects and as of the
date of such certificate, there is no Default or Event of Default that has occurred and is
continuing or, if such signing Officers do know of such Default or Event of Default, the
certificate shall specify such Default or Event of Default and what action, if any, the Co-Issuers
are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Officers’ Certificate shall also notify
the Trustee should either Co-Issuer elect to change the manner in which it fixes its fiscal year
end.

          (b) The Co-Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee as promptly as practicable and in any event
within 30 days after the Co-Issuers (or any of their Officers) become aware of the occurrence of
any Default an Officers’ Certificate specifying the Default or Event of Default and what action, if
any, the Co-Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.07. Payments for Consent.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as
an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this
Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that

-54-

 

consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

SECTION 4.08. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws.

          Each Co-Issuer and each Guarantor covenants (to the extent permitted by applicable law) that
it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit
or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury law or other law which may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and (to the extent permitted by applicable law)
each hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall
not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 4.09. Change of Control.

          If a Change of Control occurs, the Co-Issuers shall be required to make an offer to repurchase
all of the Notes as described below (the “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control
Offer, the Co-Issuers shall offer a payment in cash (“Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of
the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.
Within 30 days following any Change of Control or at the Co-Issuers’ option, prior to such Change
of Control but after it is publicly announced, the Co-Issuers shall deliver electronically or mail
or cause to be mailed a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the
transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes
on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in the notice (the “Change of Control Payment
Date”), which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such
notice is electronically delivered or mailed, other than as may be required by law, pursuant to the
procedures described below. If the notice is sent prior to the occurrence of the Change of
Control, it may be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change of Control. Such notice,
whether sent before or after the consummation of the Change of Control, shall state:

     (1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and to
the extent lawful that all Notes tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;

     (2) the purchase price (including the amount of accrued interest) and the Change of
Control Payment Date;

     (3) that any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest in accordance with the
terms thereof;

     (4) that, unless the Co-Issuers default in making payment therefor, any Note accepted
for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and
after the Change of Control Payment Date;

-55-

 

     (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to
Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to
the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on
the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date;

     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent
receives, not later than two Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a
facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount
of the Notes the Holder delivered for purchase, certificate numbers, if applicable, and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; and

     (7) that Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes in a
principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (equal to $2,000
or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof).

          On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Co-Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:

     (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes in minimum amounts equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, properly tendered pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer;

     (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender equal to the Change of Control
Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

     (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted
together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
portions of Notes being purchased by the Co-Issuers.

          The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or pay by wire transfer to each Holder whose Notes have
been properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly
authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. So long as no payment Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing and to the extent not applied to make payments on the Notes,
the Paying Agent shall return to the Co-Issuers any cash that remains unclaimed, together with
interest, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the Redemption Price. However, if the
Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a
Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall
be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.

          The Co-Issuers shall inform the Holders of the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as
soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. The Co-Issuers

-56-

 

shall be required to make a Change of Control Offer regardless of whether the provisions of
Section 5.01 also apply in connection with the applicable Change of Control.

          The Co-Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of
Control Offer made by the Co-Issuers and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn
under the Change of Control Offer or (2) notice of redemption has been given in respect of all of
the Notes then outstanding pursuant to Section 5 or Section 6 of the Notes, unless and until there
is a Default in payment of the applicable Redemption Price.

          The Co-Issuers shall comply with the requirements of any securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.09, the
Co-Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed
to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION
4.10. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of
Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or
indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified
Stock and the Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of
preferred stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full
fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the
date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1.0, determined on a pro forma
basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the preferred stock had been issued, as
the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further, that (i)
Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified
Stock or preferred stock if, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance
(including pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom) more than $25.0 million in the
aggregate of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that
are not Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to this paragraph and (ii) Logistics Finance may
incur Indebtedness in connection with serving as a co-obligor or guarantor of Indebtedness incurred
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is otherwise permitted by this Section 4.10.

-57-

 

          (b) Section 4.10(a) shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of
Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

     (1) the incurrence by the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor of Indebtedness and letters of
credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate amount at any time outstanding
under this clause (1) not to exceed $80.0 million, less the amount of Non-Recourse Debt
outstanding under clause (16) below;

     (2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing
Indebtedness;

     (3) the incurrence of the Notes on the Issue Date, the Note Guarantees and the Exchange
Securities and/or Private Exchange Securities to be issued pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement;

     (4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness
represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money or other
obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of acquiring assets or a business that
is a Permitted Business or financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of
design, construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment
(including, without limitation, Vessels and Related Assets) used in the business of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in
respect thereof, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of
(A) $30.0 million and (B) 5.0% of Total Assets;

     (5) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to
finance the replacement (through construction, acquisition, lease or otherwise) of one or
more Vessels or Vessel Related Assets, upon a total loss, destruction, condemnation,
confiscation, requisition, seizure, forfeiture or a taking of title to or use of such Vessel
(collectively, a “Total Loss”) in an aggregate amount no greater than the ready for sea cost
(as determined in good faith by the Company) for such replacement Vessel, in each case, less
all compensation, damages and other payments (including insurance proceeds other than in
respect of business interruption insurance) actually received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries from any Person in connection with the Total Loss in excess of
amounts actually used to repay Indebtedness secured by the Vessel subject to the Total Loss;

     (6) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in relation to:
(i) maintenance, repairs, refurbishments and replacements required to maintain the
classification of any of the Vessels owned, leased, time chartered or bareboat chartered to
or by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) drydocking of any of the Vessels owned
or leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for maintenance, repair, refurbishment
or replacement purposes in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) any expenditures which
will or may be reasonably expected to be recoverable from insurance on such Vessels;

-58-

 

     (7) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness (other than intercompany Indebtedness)
that was permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10(a) or Sections 4.10(b)(2), (b)(3),
(b)(5), (b)(6), (b)(7) or (b)(14);

     (8) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company owed to a Restricted Subsidiary and
Indebtedness by any Restricted Subsidiary owed to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or such Indebtedness being owed to any Person other than the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall
be deemed to have incurred Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (8);

     (9) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock;
provided, however, that:

     (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any
such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock being held by a Person other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

     (B) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock to a Person that is neither the Company nor a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company;

shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Stock or
preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that is not permitted by this clause (9);

     (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted
Hedging Obligations;

     (11) the guarantee by a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor of Indebtedness of a Co-Issuer or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be incurred by another provision
of this Section 4.10; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is contractually
subordinated to the Notes or a Guarantee, then the guarantee shall be contractually
subordinated to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed;

     (12) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance, health,
disability and other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance,
self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, or performance, completion, bid, appeal
and surety bonds, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

     (13) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such
Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days;

-59-

 

     (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock of (x) the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) a Person acquired
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or merged, consolidated, amalgamated or liquidated
with or into a Restricted Subsidiary or the Company; provided, however, that after giving
effect to such incurrence or issuance (and the related acquisition, merger, consolidation,
amalgamation or liquidation), the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are
available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred
or such Disqualified Stock or preferred stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been
at least 1.75 to 1.0;

     (15) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness consisting of guarantees, earn-outs, indemnities or obligations in respect of
purchase price adjustments in connection with the disposition or acquisition of assets,
including, without limitation, shares of Capital Stock;

     (16) Non-Recourse Debt incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary in a Qualified
Securitization Transaction;

     (17) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit so
long each such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of the incurrence thereof; and

     (18) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock in an aggregate amount at any time
outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this
clause (18), not to exceed the greater of (A) $30.0 million and (B) 5.0% of Total Assets.

          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, in the event that an item
of proposed Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock meets the criteria of more than one
of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (18) of Section 4.10(b), or is
entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.10(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, may
classify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and preferred stock (or any portion thereof)
on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or preferred stock, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.10.
Indebtedness under any Credit Facilities (including the Credit Agreement but excluding the Navios
Holdings Loan Facility) outstanding or committed to on the Issue Date will be deemed to have been
incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by Section 4.10(b)(2) hereof (whether
or not outstanding on such date) but thereafter may be reclassified in any manner that complies
with this Section 4.10.

          (d) The accrual of interest, the accrual of dividends, the accretion or amortization of
original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional
Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or preferred
stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock,
as the case may be, shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness

-60-

 

or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or preferred stock for purposes of this Section 4.10;
provided, in each such case, that the amount thereof is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as
accrued.

     (e) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

     (1) the accreted value of such Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued
with original issue discount;

     (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

     (3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the
specified Person, the lesser of:

     (A) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and

     (B) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person that is secured by such
assets; and

     (4) in respect of the Indebtedness incurred by a Securitization Subsidiary, the amount
of Obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of a Qualified
Securitization Transaction on any date of determination characterized as principal or that
would be characterized as principal if such securitization were structured as a secured
lending transaction rather than as a purchase.

          (f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.10, (i) Acquired Debt shall be
deemed to have been incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, at
the time an acquired Person becomes such a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (or is merged into
the Company or such a Restricted Subsidiary) or at the time of the acquisition of assets, as the
case may be, (ii) the maximum amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or preferred stock that
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur pursuant to this Section 4.10 shall not be
deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
preferred stock due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies and
(iii) the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once
and any obligations arising under any guarantee, Lien, letter of credit or similar instrument
supporting such Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this covenant shall not be double
counted.

          (g) For purposes of determining compliance of any non-U.S. dollar-denominated Indebtedness
with this Section 4.10, the amount outstanding under any U.S. dollar equivalent principal amount of
Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall at all times be calculated based on the
relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case
of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving Indebtedness (in each case
determined, if available, by the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time)
on the date of determination for spot purchases of the non-U.S. dollar currency with U.S. dollars
and otherwise in accordance with customary

-61-

 

practice); provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness denominated in the same or different currency, such refinancing shall be calculated at
the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of the initial incurrence of Indebtedness
in respect thereof (which may reflect multiple refinancings in which case the time of incurrence of
the initial Indebtedness shall be applicable), so long as the principal amount of such refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus any
costs or premiums incurred in connection with such refinancing.

          (h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.10, a Restricted Subsidiary
that is formed or organized under the laws of the Republic of Paraguay shall not be permitted to
directly incur Indebtedness in excess of $20.0 million at any one time outstanding which, to the
knowledge of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, is or would be initially owed to a
resident of the Republic of Paraguay. For clarity purposes, the foregoing provision will not
limit the ability of such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee any Indebtedness that is otherwise
permitted by this covenant.

SECTION 4.11. Limitations on Restricted Payments.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly:

     (i) pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without
limitation, any payment in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation
involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the holders of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their capacity as such
(other than (A) dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Equity Interests or (B)
dividends or other payments or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company);

     (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without
limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation) any Equity Interests of the
Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

     (iii) make any voluntary or optional principal payment on or with respect to, or
purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness of the
Co-Issuers or any Guarantor that is contractually subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee
(excluding any Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), other than (x) payments of principal at the Stated Maturity thereof and (y)
payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements for value
in anticipation of satisfying a scheduled maturity, sinking fund or amortization or other
installment obligation or mandatory redemption, in each case, due within one year of the
Stated Maturity thereof; or

     (iv) make any Restricted Investment

-62-

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment:

     (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a
consequence of such Restricted Payment;

     (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro
forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a);
and

     (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding
Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11),
(12) and (14) of Section 4.11(b)), is not greater than the sum, without duplication, of:

     (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as
one accounting period) from January 1, 2011 to the end of the Company’s most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available
at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such
period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus

     (B) (i) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and (ii) 100% of the Fair
Market Value of the property and assets other than cash, in each case, received by
the Company after the Issue Date as a contribution to its equity capital or from the
issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of Qualified
Equity Interests, including upon the exercise of options or warrants, or from the
issue or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of convertible
or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of
the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for Qualified Equity
Interests, together with the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of such conversion or
exchange; plus

     (C) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the Issue
Date is sold or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash or Cash Equivalents, the
return of capital in cash or Cash Equivalents with respect to such Restricted
Investment (less the cost of disposition, if any); plus

     (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company is
redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date or is merged into the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or transfers all or substantially all its assets
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, the Fair Market Value of the Investment

-63-

 

of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary (or the
assets so transferred, if applicable) as of the date of such redesignation (other
than to the extent of such Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary that was made
as a Permitted Investment); plus

     (E) any amount which previously treated as a Restricted Payment on account of
any guarantee entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary upon the
unconditional release of such guarantee.

          (b) The preceding provisions shall not prohibit:

     (1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of
declaration of the dividend or other distribution, if at the date of declaration such
payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

     (2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net proceeds of
the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company), including upon exercise of an option or warrant, of, Qualified Equity Interests or
from the substantially concurrent contribution of equity capital with respect to Qualified
Equity Interests to the Company; provided that the amount of any such net proceeds that are
utilized for any such Restricted Payment shall be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section
4.11(a);

     (3) the payment, defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement
for value of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is
contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee with the net proceeds from a
substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or in exchange for
Qualified Equity Interests;

     (4) the payment of any dividend or other distribution (or, in the case of any
partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, any similar distribution) by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata
basis taking into account the relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Equity
Interests in such Restricted Subsidiary;

     (5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any
Qualified Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries held by any
current or former officer, director, consultant or employee of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or Heirs or other permitted transferees thereof); provided that the
aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity
Interests may not exceed $3.0 million in any calendar year; provided, further, that such
amount may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

     (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Qualified Equity Interests of the
Company to directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date (provided that the
amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, redemption,

-64-

 

acquisition or other retirement shall not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(3)(B); plus

     (B) the cash proceeds of key-man life insurance policies received by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

provided that to the extent that any portion of the $3.0 million annual limit on such
redemptions or repurchases is not utilized in any year, such unused portion may be carried
forward and be utilized in one or more subsequent years;

     (6) cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the
Company in connection with a repurchase of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company
pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or
employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors
to the extent such Indebtedness was issued to such member of management as consideration for
the purchase of the Qualified Equity Interests so repurchased;

     (7) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
result thereby, any dividend or distribution consisting of Equity Interests of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or the proceeds of the sale of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary;

     (8) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of options,
warrants or other convertible securities to the extent such Equity Interests represent a
portion of the exercise price of those options, warrants or other convertible securities and
cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise
of options, warrants or other convertible securities;

     (9) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
result thereby, the declaration and payment of cash dividends on Designated Preferred Stock
in accordance with the certificate of designations therefor; provided that at the time of
issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, the Company would, after giving pro forma
effect thereto as if such issuance had been made at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a);

     (10) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would
result thereby, the declaration and payment of cash dividends to holders of any class or
series of Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with Section 4.10;

     (11) payments made to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is
contractually subordinated to the Notes or to any Guarantee (i) following the occurrence of
a Change of Control, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of

-65-

 

the outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of any debt issued at
a discount from its principal amount at maturity) thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, after the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have satisfied their obligations
with respect to a Change of Control Offer set forth under Section 4.09 or (ii) with the
Excess Proceeds of one or more Asset Sales, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the
principal amount (or accreted value, in the case of any debt issued at a discount from its
principal amount at maturity) thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, after the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have satisfied their obligations with respect to
such Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 4.13 to the extent that such subordinated
Indebtedness is required to be repurchased or redeemed pursuant to the terms thereof as a
result of such Change of Control or Asset Sale;

     (12) payments pursuant to clause (7) of Section 4.14(b);

     (13) so long as no payment Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
or would result thereby, the payment of cash dividends on the Company’s shares of common
stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity to fund a payment
of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of the first public
offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect
parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds
received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than
public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S/F-4 or Form
S-8, or any successor Form; and

     (14) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million since
the Issue Date.

          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) shall be the Fair
Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be
transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to
the Restricted Payment.

          (c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.11, in the event that a
Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to this Section 4.11 or a Permitted Investment meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payment described in Section 4.11(b)(1)
through (b)(14) hereof or one or more clauses of the definition of “Permitted Investment”, the
Company shall be permitted to classify such Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment (or any
portion thereof) on the date it is made, or later reclassify, all or a portion of such Restricted
Payment or Permitted Investment, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.11, and such
Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment shall be treated as having been made pursuant to only
one of such clauses of this Section 4.11 or of the definition of Permitted Investments.

-66-

 

SECTION 4.12. Limitations on Liens.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or
indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures obligations under any
Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,
whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless
contemporaneously therewith:

     (1) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that ranks pari passu with the Notes
or a Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such Guarantee, as the
case may be, at least equally and ratably with or prior to such obligation with a Lien on
the same collateral; and

     (2) in the case of any Lien securing an obligation that is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes or a Guarantee, effective provision is made to secure the Notes or such
Guarantee, as the case may be, with a Lien on the same collateral that is prior to the Lien
securing such subordinated obligation, in each case, for so long as such obligation is
secured by such Lien (such Lien, the “Primary Lien”).

     (b) Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to Section 4.12(a) shall
automatically and unconditionally be released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the
Primary Lien, without any further action on the part of any Person.

SECTION 4.13. Limitations on Asset Sales.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
consummate an Asset Sale unless:

     (1) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives consideration at the
time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (for the avoidance of doubt,
the Fair Market Value may be determined at the time a contract is entered into for an Asset
Sale) of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

     (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents.

          (b) For purposes of Section 4.13(a), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

     (1) any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent
consolidated balance sheet or the notes thereto, of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries (other than liabilities that are expressly subordinated to the Notes or any
Guarantee) that are assumed, repaid or retired by the transferee (or a third party on behalf
of the transferee) of any such assets;

     (2) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such
Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee or any other Person on account of such

-67-

 

Asset Sale that are, within 180 days of the Asset Sale, converted, sold or exchanged by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of
the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion, sale or exchange;

     (3) the Fair Market Value of (i) any assets (other than securities and other than
assets that are classified as current assets under GAAP) received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary to be used by it in a Permitted Business (including, without
limitation, Vessels and Related Assets), (ii) Capital Stock in a Person that is a Restricted
Subsidiary or in a Person engaged in a Permitted Business that shall become a Restricted
Subsidiary immediately upon the acquisition of such Person by the Company or (iii) a
combination of (i) and (ii); and

     (4) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all
other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.13(b) that is at
that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 4.0% of Total
Assets of the Company at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration,
with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured
at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

          (c) Within 365 days (subject to extensions pursuant to Section 4.13(d)) after the receipt of
any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall apply
such Net Proceeds to:

     (1) repay or prepay any and all obligations under the Credit Facilities or any other
Secured Indebtedness and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to
correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto;

     (2) acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, a
Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided that in the case of acquisition of Capital
Stock of any Person, such Person is or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (3) make a capital expenditure;

     (4) acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that
are used or useful in a Permitted Business (including, without limitation, Vessels and
Related Assets);

     (5) make an Asset Sale Offer (and purchase or redeem other Indebtedness that is pari
passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with
respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets) in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 4.13 and the other provisions of this Indenture; and/or

     (6) any combination of the transactions permitted by the foregoing clauses (1) through
(5).

-68-

 

          (d) A (A) binding contract to apply Net Proceeds in accordance with clauses (2) through (4)
above shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds or (B) determination by the
Company to potentially apply all or a portion of such Net Proceeds towards the exercise an
outstanding Purchase Option Contract shall toll the 365-day period in respect of such Net Proceeds,
in each case, for a period not to exceed 365 days from the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day
period, provided that such binding contract and such determination, in each case, shall be treated
as a permitted application of Net Proceeds from the date of such binding contract until and only
until the earlier of (x) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (y)
(i) in the case of any Construction Contract or any Exercised Purchase Option Contract (including
any outstanding Purchase Option Contract exercised during the 365-day period referenced in clause
(B) above), the date of expiration or termination of such Construction Contract or Exercised
Purchase Option Contract and (ii) otherwise, the 365th day following the expiration of the
aforementioned 365-day period (clause (i) or clause (ii) as applicable, the “Reinvestment
Termination Date”). If such acquisition or expenditure is not consummated on or before the
Reinvestment Termination Date and the Company (or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be) shall not have applied such Net Proceeds pursuant to clauses (1) through (6) above on or
before the Reinvestment Termination Date, such binding contract shall be deemed not to have been a
permitted application of the Net Proceeds.

          Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce outstanding Indebtedness or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds
in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

          (e) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in Section
4.13(c) shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds
$15.0 million, the Co-Issuers shall make an offer (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders and all
holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to
those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of
sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu
Indebtedness that may be required to be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds (the “Payment
Amount”). The offer price for the Notes in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of
principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if
any, to the date of purchase (the “Offered Price”), and shall be payable in cash, and the offer or
redemption price for such pari passu Indebtedness shall be as set forth in the related
documentation governing such Indebtedness. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an
Asset Sale Offer, such Excess Proceeds may be used for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered
into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the
Notes and the Co-Issuers or the agent for such other pari passu Indebtedness shall select such
other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with adjustments so that no
Notes or other pari passu Indebtedness are purchased, redeemed or repaid in unauthorized
denominations). Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be
reset at zero. The Co-Issuers may elect to satisfy their obligations to make an Asset Sale Offer
prior to the expiration of the relevant period or with respect to Excess Proceeds of $15.0 million
or less.

-69-

 

          (f) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Co-Issuers shall send, or cause to be
sent, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and to each Holder at its registered address.
The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holder to tender
Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. Any Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The
notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

     (1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section and that, to the
extent lawful, all Notes tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted for payment (unless
prorated);

     (2) the Payment Amount, the Offered Price, and the date on which Notes tendered and
accepted for payment shall be purchased, which date shall be at least 30 days and not later
than 60 days from the date such notices is mailed (the “Asset Sale Payment Date”);

     (3) that any Notes not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue
interest in accordance with the terms thereof;

     (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Notes accepted for
payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the
Asset Sale Payment Date;

     (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer
shall be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the
Company, a depository, if appointed by the Company, or the Paying Agent at the address
specified in the notice at least three days before the Asset Sale Payment Date;

     (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Co-Issuers, the
Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than two Business
Days prior to the Asset Sale Payment Date, a notice setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such
Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

     (7) that if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the
Payment Amount, the Co-Issuers shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis
(with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Co-Issuers so that only Notes in
denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be
purchased); and

     (8) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes
equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
transferred by book-entry).

          (g) On the Asset Sale Payment Date, the Co-Issuers shall, to the extent lawful: (1) accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer,
subject to pro ration if the aggregate Notes tendered exceed the Payment Amount

-70-

 

allocable to the Notes; (2) deposit with the Paying Agent U.S. Legal Tender equal to the
lesser of the Payment Amount allocable to the Notes and the amount sufficient to pay the Offered
Price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being repurchased by the Co-Issuers. The
Co-Issuers shall inform the Holders of the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as
practicable after the Asset Sale Payment Date.

          (h) The Paying Agent shall promptly mail or pay by wire transfer to each Holder whose Notes
have been properly tendered the Offered Price for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly
authenticate pursuant to an Authentication Order and mail (or cause to be transferred by
book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unrepurchased portion of the
Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in principal amount of $2,000
or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. So long as no payment Default or Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, and to the extent not applied to make payments on the
Notes, the Paying Agent shall return to the Co-Issuers any cash that remains unclaimed, together
with interest, if any, thereon, held by them for the payment of the Offered Price.

          However, if the Asset Sale Payment Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the
related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose
name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest
shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

          (i) The Co-Issuers shall comply with the requirements of any securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each
repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.13, the Co-Issuers shall comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.13 by virtue of such compliance.

SECTION 4.14. Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter
into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or
guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate
Transaction”), unless:

     (1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the
Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a
comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person, with such determination to be made at the time such Affiliate Transaction is entered
into or agreed to; and

     (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee:

     (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0

-71-

 

million, a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth
in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with
this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors; and

     (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate
Transactions (i) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50.0 million or
(ii) as to which there are no disinterested members of the Board of Directors, an
opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting,
appraisal or investment banking firm of international standing qualified to perform
the task for which such firm has been engaged (as determined by the Company in good
faith).

          (b) The following items shall not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall
not be subject to Section 4.14(a):

     (1) director, officer, employee and consultant compensation, benefit, reimbursement and
indemnification agreements, plans and arrangements (and payment awards in connection
therewith) entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary
course of business;

     (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company)
that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns, directly or through a
Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person;

     (4) any issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of the Company (other than Designated
Preferred Stock) to an Affiliate and the granting or performance of registration rights in
respect of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Company (other than Designated Preferred
Stock), which rights have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

     (5) Restricted Payments that do not violate Section 4.11 and Investments consisting of
Permitted Investments;

     (6) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction.

     (7) the performance of obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under
the terms of the Shareholders Agreement and the Administrative Services Agreement, each as
in effect as of or on the Issue Date and any amendment, modification, supplement, extension
or renewal, from time to time, thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including
pursuant to any amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal, from time to
time, thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto, so long as any such amendment,
modification, supplement, extension or renewal, or replacement agreement, is not materially
more

-72-

 

disadvantageous to the Holders taken as a whole than the original agreement as in
effect on the Issue Date; and

     (8) the performance of obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under
the terms of any agreement that is in effect as of or on the Issue Date and disclosed in the
Offering Memorandum (other than the Shareholders Agreement or the Administrative Services
Agreement) or any amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal, from time to
time, thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment,
modification, supplement, extension or renewal, from time to time, thereto) or in any
replacement agreement thereto, so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement,
extension or renewal, or replacement agreement, is not materially more disadvantageous to
the Holders taken as a whole than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

SECTION
4.15. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
Subsidiaries.

          (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

     (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries;

     (2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

     (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.

          (b) However, the restrictions set forth in Section 4.15(a) shall not apply to encumbrances or
restrictions existing under or by reason of:

     (1) agreements, including, without limitation, those governing Existing Indebtedness
and Credit Facilities, as in effect or committed to on the Issue Date and any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings of those agreements; provided that the amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are not
materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other
payment restrictions than those contained in those agreements on the Issue Date;

     (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

     (3) applicable law, rules, regulations or order or governmental or other license,
permit or concession;

-73-

 

     (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person acquired by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such
acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Equity Interests were incurred or
issued in connection with such acquisition to provide funds to consummate such acquisition),
which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so
acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the
terms of this Indenture to be incurred;

     (5) customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other similar transfers
in contracts, licenses and other agreements (including, without limitation, leases and
agreements relating to intellectual property) entered into in the ordinary course of
business;

     (6) purchase money obligations and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions
on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in Section 4.15(a)(3) hereof;

     (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary or an
asset that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary or transfers of such asset
pending the sale or other disposition;

     (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the
agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the
Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (9) Liens and agreements related thereto that were permitted to be incurred under the
provisions of Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets or
property subject to such Liens;

     (10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property
(including Capital Stock of any Person in which the Company has an Investment) in joint
venture agreements, stockholder agreements, partnership agreements, limited liability
company operating agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale
agreements and other similar agreements, which limitation is applicable in all material
respects only to the assets or property that are the subject of such agreements;

     (11) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed under contracts
entered into in the ordinary course of business;

     (12) customary provisions restricting the disposition of real property interests set
forth in any easements or other similar agreements or arrangements of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary;

     (13) provisions restricting the transfer of any Capital Stock of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary;

-74-

 

     (14) Indebtedness of a Co-Issuer or Restricted Subsidiary incurred subsequent to the
Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10 (i) if the encumbrances and
restrictions contained in any such Indebtedness taken as a whole are not materially less
favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in this Indenture
or that may be contained in any Credit Facility in accordance with this Section 4.15 or (ii)
if such encumbrance or restriction is customary in comparable financings (as determined in
good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such
encumbrance or restriction shall not adversely affect in any material respect the Company’s
ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes as and when due or (y) such
encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of and during the continuance of a
default under such Indebtedness; and

     (15) Non-Recourse Debt or other encumbrances, restrictions or contractual requirements
of a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction;
provided that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Subsidiary or the
Securitization Assets that are subject to the Qualified Securitization Transaction.

SECTION 4.16. Subsidiary Guarantees.

          (a) If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires, creates, transfers assets
to or otherwise invests in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or redesignates an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary and such Restricted Subsidiary is a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary (other than, in each case, (i) any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary if the net book
value of the total assets of such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, when taken together with the
net book value of the total assets of all other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that are not
Guarantors as of such date, does not exceed $20.0 million, (ii) a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Securitization Subsidiary or is Logistics Finance (or any other Subsidiary
that is at such time a co-issuer of the Notes or (iii) any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary if
the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or formation of such Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary prohibit the issuance of such guarantee for the benefit of the Notes)) then such Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and shall, within 45 business days of the date
of such acquisition, creation, transfer of assets, investment in or redesignation:

     (1) execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the
form of Exhibit D, pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall
unconditionally guarantee all of the Co-Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and this
Indenture on the terms set forth in this Indenture; and

     (2) deliver to the Trustee one or more Opinions of Counsel that such supplemental
indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary and constitutes a valid and legally binding and enforceable obligation of such
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, subject to customary exceptions.

-75-

 

          Thereafter, such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor for all purposes of
this Indenture.

          (b) In addition, (i) to the extent that the collective net book value of the total assets of
the Company’s non-Guarantor Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the date of the
acquisition, creation, transfer of assets to, investment in or redesignation of a non-Guarantor
Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, exceeds $20.0 million, then, within 45 business days of such
date, the Company shall cause one or more of such non-Guarantor Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiaries to similarly execute a supplemental indenture (and deliver the related opinions of
counsel), described above, pursuant to which such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations
under the Notes and this Indenture, in each case, such that the collective net book value of the
total assets of all remaining non-Guarantor Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed
$20.0 million and (ii) the Company may, at its option, cause any other Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to guarantee its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and enter into a
supplemental indenture with respect thereto.

          (c) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor shall automatically and unconditionally (without any
further action on the part of any Person) be released:

     (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger, consolidation or amalgamation) to a
Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate
Section 4.13 or Section 4.14;

     (2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of a majority of the Capital Stock
of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such
transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, if (x) such Guarantor would no
longer constitute a “Subsidiary “ under this Indenture and (y) the sale or other disposition
does not violate Section 4.13;

     (3) if the Company designates any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 4.18;

     (4) upon liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor;

     (5) in the case of a Guarantor that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that
has voluntarily issued a Guarantee of the Notes, upon notice to the Trustee by the Company
of the designation of such Guarantor as non-Guarantor Restricted Subsidiary if (x) the
Company would be permitted to make an Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary at the time
of such release equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Company and its
other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Guarantor as either a Permitted Investment or pursuant
to Section 4.11 and (y) all transactions entered into by such Restricted Subsidiary while a
Guarantor would be permitted under this Indenture at the time its Guarantee is released; and

-76-

 

     (6) upon Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of the
Notes as provided below under Section 8.01, Section 8.03 and Section 8.04.

SECTION 4.17. Reports to Holders.

          (a) Whether or not the Company is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders, so long as the Notes are outstanding:

     (1) within 75 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each
fiscal year, quarterly reports on Form 6-K (or any successor form) containing unaudited
financial statements (including a balance sheet and statement of income, changes in
stockholders’ equity and cash flow) and a management’s discussion and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations (or equivalent disclosure) for and as of the end of such
fiscal quarter (with comparable financial statements for the corresponding fiscal quarter of
the immediately preceding fiscal year);

     (2) within 150 days after the end of each fiscal year, an annual report on Form 20-F
(or any successor form) containing the information required to be contained therein for such
fiscal year; and

     (3) at or prior to such times as would be required to be filed or furnished to the SEC
if the Company was then a “foreign private issuer” subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, all such other reports and information that the Company would have been
required pursuant thereto;

provided, however, that to the extent that the Company ceases to qualify as a “foreign private
issuer” within the meaning of the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the
Holders, so long as any Notes are outstanding, within 60 days of the respective dates on which the
Company would be required to file such documents with the SEC if it was required to file such
documents under the Exchange Act, all reports and other information that would be required to be
filed with (or furnished to) the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and,
provided, further, that prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a
Shelf Registration Statement relating to the Notes, such reports will not be required to contain
any officers’ certificates or the separate financial information for Guarantors and non-guarantors
that would be required under Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, provided, however,
that in lieu thereof the Company will provide the summary information concerning revenues, EBITDA,
assets and liabilities of Guarantors and non-guarantors in a manner consistent in all material
respects with that set forth under “Summary—The Offering” in the Offering Memorandum for the
period(s) covered by each such report.

          (b) In addition, following the consummation of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a
Shelf Registration Statement, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the
Company shall electronically file or furnish, as the case may be, a copy of all such information
and reports referred to in clauses (1) through (3) of Section 4.17(a)

-77-

 

that it would be required to file as a foreign private issuer with the SEC for public
availability within the time periods specified therein (unless the SEC shall not accept such a
filing with respect to periods after the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf
Registration Statement) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. In addition, the Company agrees that, for so long as any Notes remain
outstanding, it shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors,
upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.17, the Company shall be deemed
to have furnished, in compliance with this Section 4.17, such reports referred to in Section
4.17(a) hereof to the Trustee and the Holders if the Company has filed such reports with the SEC
via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available.

SECTION
4.18. Limitations on Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries.

          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary (other than Logistics
Finance or any other Subsidiary that is at such time a co-issuer of the Notes) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default or cause a Default to be
continuing after such designation. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be
deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.11 or under one or more clauses of the definition
of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That designation shall only be permitted
if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets
the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may
redesignate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would
not cause a Default or cause a Default to be continuing after such redesignation.

SECTION 4.19. Additional Interest Notice.

          In the event that the Co-Issuers are required to pay Additional Interest to Holders pursuant
to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Co-Issuers shall provide written notice (“Additional
Interest Notice”) to the Trustee of their obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than ten
days prior to the proposed payment date for the Additional Interest, and the Additional Interest
Notice shall set forth the amount of Additional Interest to be paid by the Co-Issuers on such
payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder
to determine the Additional Interest, or make any determination with respect to the nature, extent
or calculation of the amount of Additional Interest owed or with respect to the method employed in
such calculation of the Additional Interest.

-78-

 

SECTION 4.20. Payment of Additional Amounts.

          (a) All payments made by the Co-Issuers under or with respect to the Notes or by a Guarantor
under or with respect to its Note Guarantee shall be made free and clear of and without withholding
or deduction for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of
any Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction in which a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is organized or is
otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made (each
a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless such Co-Issuer or Guarantor is required to withhold or
deduct Taxes by law or by the official interpretation or administration thereof.

          (b) If a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on
account of Taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with
respect to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, the Co-Issuers or the relevant
Guarantor, as applicable, shall pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be
necessary so that the net amount received by each Holder (including Additional Amounts) after such
withholding or deduction shall equal the amount the Holder would have received if such Taxes had
not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that no Additional Amounts shall payable with
respect to any Tax:

     (1) that would not have been imposed, payable or due but for the existence of any
present or former connection between the Holder (or the beneficial owner of, or person
ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Notes) and the Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction (including being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a
business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, the
Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than the mere holding of the Notes or enforcement of
rights under such Note or under a Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of such
Note or a Guarantee;

     (2) that would not have been imposed, payable or due but for the failure to satisfy any
certification, identification or other reporting requirements whether imposed by statute,
treaty, regulation or administrative practice; provided, however, that the Co-Issuers have
delivered a request to the Holder to comply with such requirements at least 30 days prior to
the date by which such compliance is required;

     (3) that would not have been imposed, payable or due if the presentation of Notes
(where presentation is required) for payment had occurred within 30 days after the date such
payment was due and payable or was duly provided for, whichever is later;

     (4) subject to Section 4.20(e), that is an estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise,
transfer or personal property tax, assessment or charge; or

     (5) as a result of a combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through (4).

In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be payable if, had the beneficial owner of, or Person
ultimately entitled to obtain an interest in, such Notes been the Holder of the Notes, such
beneficial owner would not have been entitled to the payment of Additional Amounts by reason of
clause (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above. In addition, Additional Amounts shall not be

-79-

 

payable with respect to any Tax which is payable otherwise than by withholding from any payment
under or in respect of principal of, or any interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the
Notes or any Guarantee.

          (c) Whenever in this Indenture or the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of
amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, premium, if any, interest or
Additional Interest, if any, or of any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such
mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that,
in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

          (d) The Co-Issuers shall provide the Trustee with documentation evidencing the payment of
Additional Amounts and any other amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.20(e).

          (e) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay for any present or future stamp, court or
documentary taxes, or any similar taxes, charges or levies which arise in any Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of the Notes, this Indenture or any other
document or instrument referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect to or
enforcement of, the Notes or any Guarantee. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the
Holders for any stamp taxes required to be paid in Argentina which arise from the execution,
delivery or registration of this Indenture, the Notes or any other documents or instruments
referred to herein or therein or the receipt of any payments with respect to or enforcement of, the
Notes or any Guarantee.

          (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Co-Issuers and
the Guarantors may, to the extent required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other
similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from any payments under this Indenture;
provided that the foregoing shall not limit the obligation of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors to
pay Additional Amounts as set forth in this Section 4.20.

ARTICLE FIVE

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

SECTION 5.01. Mergers, Consolidations, Etc.

          (a) The Company may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or
into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person); or (2) sell, assign,
transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions,
to another Person, unless:

     (1) either: (a) the Company is the surviving Person; or (b) the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company) or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made (x) is
a corporation, limited liability company, trust or limited partnership organized or existing
under the laws an Eligible Jurisdiction and (y) assumes all the

-80-

 

obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights
Agreement;

     (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default
exists; and

     (3) either (a) the Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made, shall, on the date of such
transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and to any related financing transactions
as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.10(a) or (b) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for
the Company or such surviving Person determined in accordance with Section 4.10(a) shall be
greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction.

          In addition, the Company may not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of
its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person; provided that
the foregoing shall not prohibit the chartering out of Vessels in the ordinary course of business.

          For purposes of this Section 5.01, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a
single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties or
assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, the Equity Interests of which constitute all or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer
of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

          (b) The Company shall not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, consolidate,
amalgamate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person) unless:

     (1) subject to the Note Guarantee release provisions of Section 4.16, such Guarantor is
the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation,
amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company or a Guarantor) expressly assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, this Indenture and
the Registration Rights Agreement; and

     (2) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

          (c) This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger of the Company, a Guarantor or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of such Person with an Affiliate solely for the purpose, and with the
effect, of reorganizing the Company, a Guarantor or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, in an Eligible Jurisdiction. In addition, nothing in this Section 5.01 shall prohibit
any Restricted Subsidiary from consolidating or amalgamating with, merging with or into or
conveying, transferring or leasing, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or
substantially all of its assets to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or reconstituting
itself in another jurisdiction for the purpose of reflagging a Vessel.

-81-

 

ARTICLE SIX

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default.

     Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

     (1) default by a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor for 30 consecutive days in the payment when
due and payable of interest on, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to, the Notes;

     (2) default by a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor in the payment when due and payable of the
principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes;

     (3) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the
provisions described under Section 5.01 hereof after receipt by the Company or such
Subsidiary, as applicable, of a written notice specifying the default (and demanding that
such default be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default”) from the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

     (4) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with any
covenants in this Indenture (other than any Default pursuant to Section 6.01(3) hereof) for
60 consecutive days after notice has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the
Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding specifying the default and demanding compliance with any of the other
covenants in this Indenture;

     (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued
or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness now exists or
is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

     (a) is caused by a failure to pay the principal amount of any such Indebtedness
at its stated final maturity after giving effect to any applicable grace periods (a
“Payment Default”); or

     (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final
maturity;

and, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) above, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated,
aggregates $20.0 million or more;

-82-

 

     (6) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final
judgments aggregating in excess of $20.0 million in excess of amounts that are covered by
insurance or which have been bonded, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for
a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable;

     (7) except as permitted by this Indenture including upon the permitted release of the
Note Guarantee, any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary shall be held
in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to
be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor
shall deny or disaffirm in writing its obligations under its Guarantee;

     (8) either a Co-Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant
Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary as debtor in an involuntary case, pursuant to or within the meaning
of any Bankruptcy Law:

     (a) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

     (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief or decree against it in an
involuntary case or proceeding;

     (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or
substantially all of its assets;

     (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

     (e) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become
due; or

     (f) files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief; and

     (9) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy
Law that:

     (a) is for relief against a Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary as debtor in an involuntary case
or proceeding;

     (b) appoints a Custodian of a Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or a Custodian for all or
substantially all of the assets of a Co-Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted

-83-

 

Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or
adjudges any such entity or group a bankrupt or insolvent or approves as properly
filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of
or in respect of such entity or group; or

     (c) orders the winding up or liquidation of a Co-Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration.

          In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (8) or (9) of Section 6.01, with
respect to a Co-Issuer, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without
further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, by
written notice to the Co-Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee and the Co-Issuers, may declare all the Notes
to be due and payable. Any such notice from the Trustee or Holders shall specify the applicable
Event(s) of Default and state that such notice is a “Notice of Acceleration.” Upon such
declaration of acceleration pursuant to a Notice of Acceleration, the aggregate principal of and
accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes shall become
due and payable without further action or notice.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.

          If a Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by
proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this
Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not
produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive
of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.

          Subject to Sections 2.09, 6.07 and 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes (which may include consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer of Notes) by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default or Event of Default
and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal
of, or interest or premium on, any Note as specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2). In case of any
such waiver, the Co-Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former
positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This Section 6.04 shall be in
lieu of Section 316(a)(1)(B) of the Trust Indenture Act and such Section 316(a)(1)(B)

-84-

 

of the Trust Indenture Act is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as
permitted by the Trust Indenture Act. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and
any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right
consequent thereto.

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority.

          The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available
to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. Subject to Section 7.01,
however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this
Indenture, that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of
another Holder, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee
may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
direction.

          In the event the Trustee takes any action or follows any direction pursuant to this Indenture,
the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification against any loss or expense caused by taking such
action or following such direction.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits.

          No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or
the Notes or for any remedy hereunder or thereunder, unless:

     (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such Holder has previously
given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

     (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it
against any loss, liability or expense in complying with such request;

     (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt
thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
not given the Trustee a written direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day
period.

However, such limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of any Note for
enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest or premium on, or Additional Interest (if
any) with respect to, such Note on or after the due date therefor.

          A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a
preference or priority over such other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee

-85-

 

does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are
unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, a Note, on or after the
respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after
such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

          If an Event of Default in payment of principal, interest and premium specified in Section
6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Co-Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole
amount of principal, premium and accrued interest and Additional Interest (if any) and fees
remaining unpaid, together with interest and Additional Interest, if any, on overdue principal and,
to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of
interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

          The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Co-Issuers, their creditors or their
property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property
payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such
judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and,
in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders,
to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07. To the extent that payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason,
payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all
distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled
to receive in such proceedings whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or
arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or
to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of

-86-

 

any Holder in any such proceeding. The Trustee shall be entitled to participate as a member
of any official committee of creditors in the matters as it deems necessary or advisable.

SECTION 6.10. Priorities.

          If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article Six, it shall pay out
the money or property in the following order:

     First: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

     Second: to Holders for interest accrued on the Notes, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest or
Additional Interest;

     Third: to Holders for principal amounts due and unpaid on the Notes and Additional
Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and premium;

     Fourth: without duplication, to the Holders, for any other obligations due to them
hereunder or under the Notes, pro rata based on the amounts of such obligations; and

     Fifth: to the Co-Issuers or, if applicable, the Guarantors, as their respective
interests may appear.

          The Trustee, upon prior written notice to the Co-Issuers, may fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may
require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the
suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good
faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by a Holder or Holders
of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE SEVEN

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of
the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in
their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his or her own affairs.

-87-

 

     (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

     (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein or
in the Trust Indenture Act and no duties, covenants, responsibilities or obligations shall
be implied in this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon
certificates (including Officers’ Certificates) or opinions (including Opinions of Counsel)
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in
the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically
required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but
need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts
stated therein).

          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee may not be relieved from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

     (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 7.01(b);

     (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a
Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
pertinent facts; and

     (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to
take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

          (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds
or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to
take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction
of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not
assured to it.

          (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to this Section 7.01.

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Co-Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          (g) In the absence of bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee,
the Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other
than the Trustee.

-88-

 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

     Subject to Section 7.01:

     (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting, upon any Board Resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate),
statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request,
direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’
Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to the provisions of Section
11.05 (provided that no Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel shall be required in
connection with the initial issuance of Notes on the Issue Date). The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

     (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the
Trustee) appointed with due care.

     (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers under
this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful
misconduct, bad faith or negligence.

     (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of
such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection
from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good
faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

     (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers
vested in it by this Indenture whether on its own motion or at the request, order or
direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such
Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to
it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby.

     (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any Board Resolution, certificate (including any Officers’ Certificate),
statement, instrument, opinion (including any Opinion of Counsel), notice, request,
direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in
its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as
it may see fit and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to the Co-Issuers, to examine
the books, records, and premises of the Co-Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at
the sole cost of the Co-Issuers.

-89-

 

     (h) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the
performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

     (i) The permissive rights of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture
shall not be construed as duties.

     (j) Except with respect to Sections 4.01 and 4.06 hereof, the Trustee shall have no
duty to inquire as to the performance of the Co-Issuers with respect to the covenants
contained in Article Four. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge
of a Default or Event of Default except (i) any Default or Event of Default occurring
pursuant to Section 4.01, 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) or (ii) any Default or Event of Default of
which the Trustee shall have received written notification.

     (k) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be
enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent,
custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

     (l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect,
punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited
to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood
of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

     (m) The Trustee may request that the Co-Issuers deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit F setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Co-Issuers, their Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates with
the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC
for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must
comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer.

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, it shall not be accountable for the
Co-Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement
of the Co-Issuers in this Indenture, the Guarantees or any document issued in connection with the
sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.
The Trustee makes no representations with respect to the effectiveness or adequacy of this
Indenture.

-90-

 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Default.

          If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee receives actual
notice of such Default or Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the
uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 days after such Default or Event of Default occurs.
Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, or interest, Additional Interest or
premium on, any Note, including an accelerated payment and the failure to make a payment on the
Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Payment Date
pursuant to a Asset Sale Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as it in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

          Within 60 days after each July 1, beginning with July 1, 2011, the Trustee shall, to the
extent that any of the events described in Trust Indenture Act § 313(a) occurred within the
previous twelve months, but not otherwise, mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date
that complies with Trust Indenture Act § 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust
Indenture Act §§ 313(b), 313(c) and 313(d).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be mailed by the Trustee to
the Co-Issuers and filed by the Trustee with the SEC and each securities exchange, if any, on which
the Notes are listed.

          The Co-Issuers shall notify the Trustee if the Notes become listed on any securities exchange
or of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 313(d).

SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.

          The Co-Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such reasonable compensation as the
Co-Issuers and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing for its services rendered by it
hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee
of an express trust. The Co-Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all
reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel)
incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services, except any such
disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s negligence or willful
misconduct. Such expenses shall include the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s agents
and counsel.

          The Co-Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and its officers,
directors, employees and agents for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage,
claims, liability or reasonable expenses, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by
or determined by the income of such Person), liability or expense incurred by them except for such
actions to the extent caused by any negligence or willful misconduct on their part, arising out of
or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust including the reasonable costs
and expenses of defending themselves against or investigating any claim or liability in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of the Trustee’s rights, powers or duties hereunder. The
Trustee shall notify the Co-Issuers promptly of any claim asserted against

-91-

 

the Trustee or any of its agents for which it may seek indemnity. The Co-Issuers shall defend
the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee and its agents subject to
the claim may have separate counsel and the Co-Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses
of such counsel; provided, however, that the Co-Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and
expenses if there is no conflict of interest between the Co-Issuers and the Trustee and its agents
subject to the claim in connection with such defense as reasonably determined by the Trustee. The
Co-Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld. The Co-Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against
any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s negligence,
willful misconduct or breach of its duties under this Indenture, which breach constitutes
negligence.

          To secure the Co-Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a
Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its
capacity as Trustee, except money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest
(including Additional Interest, if any) on particular Notes.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after a Default specified in Section
6.01(8) or (9) occurs, such expenses and the compensation for such services shall be paid to the
extent allowed under any Bankruptcy Law.

          Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the foregoing provisions of this
Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the appointment of a
successor Trustee. The obligations of the Co-Issuers shall be joint and several obligations of
each of Navios South American Logistics Inc. and Navios Logistics Finance (US) Inc.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee.

          The Trustee may resign at any time upon 30 days’ written notice to the Co-Issuers in writing.
The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee upon
30 days written notice to the Co-Issuers and the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee (which
Trustee shall be reasonably acceptable to the Co-Issuers). The Co-Issuers may remove the Trustee
if:

     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

     (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is
entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

     (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting as Trustee hereunder.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for
any reason, the Co-Issuers shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the

-92-

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Co-Issuers.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring
Trustee and to the Co-Issuers. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer, after
payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07, all property held by it as
Trustee hereunder to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.07, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee
shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor
Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns
or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Co-Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes may petition, at the expense of the Co-Issuers, any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Co-Issuers.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder may petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Co-Issuers’
obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. The current
Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any action or inaction of a successor
Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

          If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person, without any further
act, shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee Person is otherwise eligible hereunder, be
the successor Trustee; provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under
this Article Seven.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture
Act §§ 310(a)(1), 310(a)(2), 310(a)(3) and 310(a)(5). The Trustee shall have a combined capital
and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act § 310(b); provided, however, that
there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) any indenture or
indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other
securities, of the Co-Issuers are outstanding, if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
Trust Indenture Act § 310(b)(1) are met. The provisions of Trust Indenture Act § 310 shall apply
to the Co-Issuers and any other obligor of the Notes.

-93-

 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.

          The Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee hereunder, shall comply with Trust Indenture Act §
311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act § 311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act § 311(a) to the extent
indicated. The Trustee hereby waives any right to set-off any claim that it may have against the
Co-Issuers in any capacity (other than as Trustee and Paying Agent) against any of the assets of
the Co-Issuers held by the Trustee.

ARTICLE EIGHT

SATISFACTION OR DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Termination of the Co-Issuers’ Obligations.

          The Co-Issuers may terminate their Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and the
obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees and this Indenture and this Indenture shall
be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder and then
outstanding, except those Obligations referred to in the penultimate paragraph of this Section
8.01, when:

          (1) either:

     (a) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed
Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been
deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Co-Issuers and thereafter
repaid to the Co-Issuers or discharged from the trust, have been delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation; or

     (b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have
become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or
otherwise or will become due and payable within one year or have been called for
redemption pursuant to Section 5, Section 6 or Section 7 of the Notes and the
Co-Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as
trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash or Cash Equivalents
in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in
amounts as shall be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of
interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any,
and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

     (2) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit
(other than an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such
deposit including the incurrence of liens in connection with such borrowing) and the deposit
shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture;

-94-

 

     (3) the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by
them under this Indenture; and

     (4) the Co-Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the
Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Co-Issuers must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the
Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

          In the case of clause (1)(b) of this Section 8.01, and subject to the next sentence and
notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Co-Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.05, 2.06,
2.07, 2.08, 2.12, 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 (as to legal existence of the Co-Issuers only), 7.07, 8.06 and
8.08 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of
Section 2.08. After the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Co-Issuers’ obligations in Sections
7.07, 8.06 and 8.08 shall survive.

          After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in
writing the discharge of the Co-Issuers’ obligations under the Notes and this Indenture except for
those surviving obligations specified above.

SECTION 8.02. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

          The Co-Issuers may, at the option of their Boards of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution
set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.03 or 8.04
applied to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of any Guarantor upon compliance with the
conditions set forth in this Article Eight.

SECTION 8.03. Legal Defeasance.

          Upon the Co-Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section
8.03, the Co-Issuers and each of the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.05, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with
respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees) on the date the conditions set
forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). Such Legal Defeasance means that the
Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which shall thereafter be
deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.06 and the other Sections of this
Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other
obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and
at the expense of the Co-Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except
for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged
hereunder:

     (1) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the
principal of or interest or premium and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such
payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.06;

-95-

 

     (2) the Co-Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Notes under Article Two and Section
4.02;

     (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, exemptions from liability, immunities and
indemnities of the Trustee hereunder, and the Co-Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations in
connection therewith; and

     (4) this Article Eight.

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Co-Issuers may exercise their option under this
Section 8.03 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.04.

SECTION 8.04. Covenant Defeasance.

          Upon the Co-Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section
8.04, (i) the Co-Issuers and each of the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.05, be released from each of their obligations under the
covenants contained in Sections 4.03 (other than with respect to the legal existence of the
Co-Issuers), 4.04, 4.07, 4.09 through 4.18 (except for obligations under Section 4.17 mandated by
the Trust Indenture Act), and Section 5.01 (except for the covenants contained in clauses (a)(1)
and (a)(2) thereof) with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set
forth in Section 8.05 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), (ii) the Co-Issuers and
the Guarantors may cause the release of the Note Guarantees and of any Liens securing the Notes or
the Guarantees, and (iii) the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes
of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any
thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all
other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for
accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the
outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and
shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such
covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any
other document and such omission to comply, and any release of the Note Guarantees or of Liens
securing the Notes or the Note Guarantees, shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default
under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes
and Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Co-Issuers’ exercise under
Section 8.02 of the option applicable to this Section 8.04, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in this Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(7) shall not constitute
Events of Default.

SECTION 8.05. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Sections 8.03
or 8.04:

     (1) the Co-Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit
of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination
thereof, in amounts as shall be sufficient, without consideration of any

-96-

 

reinvestment of interest, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank,
appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of or
interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated
Maturity or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Co-Issuers must
specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date;

     (2) in the case of an election under Section 8.03, the Co-Issuers must deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the
Co-Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue
Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S.
federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of
Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income,
gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall
be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (3) in the case of an election under Section 8.04, the Co-Issuers must deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the
Holders of the outstanding Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from, or otherwise arising in
connection with, the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any
Lien securing such borrowing);

     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other
than this Indenture) to which either of the Co-Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries is a
party or by which either Co-Issuer or any of their Subsidiaries are bound;

     (6) the Co-Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that
the deposit was not made by the Co-Issuers with the intent of preferring the Holders over
the other creditors of the Co-Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries or with the intent of
defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Co-Issuers or any of their
Subsidiaries or others; and

     (7) the Co-Issuers must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion
of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal
Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with
respect to an election under Section 8.03 need not be delivered if all Notes not

-97-

 

theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall become due and payable within one
year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of a notice of
redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Co-Issuers.

          If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay
the principal of and interest on the Notes when due, then the obligations of the Co-Issuers and the
Guarantors under this Indenture will be revived and no such defeasance will be deemed to have
occurred.

SECTION 8.06. Deposited Money and Government Securities To Be Held in Trust;
Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

          Subject to Section 8.07, all cash, Cash Equivalents and non-callable Government Securities
(including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying Trustee,
collectively for purposes of this Section 8.06, the “Trustee”) pursuant to this Article Eight in
respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance
with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through
any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest,
but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

          The Co-Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to
Section 8.05 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee
or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          Notwithstanding anything in this Article Eight to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or
pay to the Co-Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Co-Issuers any money or
non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of
a firm of independent public accountants or any investment bank or appraisal firm, in each case
nationally recognized in the United States expressed in a written certification thereof delivered
to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.05(1)), are in excess of the
amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.07. Repayment to the Co-Issuers.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, in trust for the payment of the
principal of, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining
unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or Additional Interest, if any, or interest
has become due and payable shall promptly be paid to the Co-Issuers on their written request or
shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to
look only to the Co-Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying
Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Co-Issuers as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease.

-98-

 

SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement.

          If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable
Government Securities in accordance with this Article Eight, as the case may be, by reason of any
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Co-Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to this Article Eight until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted
to apply all such money in accordance with this Article Eight, as the case may be; provided,
however, that (a) if a Co-Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium or Additional Interest,
if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Co-Issuers
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the
money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent and (b) so long as no payment Default or Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, unless otherwise required by any legal proceeding or any other
order or judgment of any court or governmental authority, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall return
all such money and Government Securities (in each case to the extent remaining in their possession)
to the Co-Issuers promptly after receiving a written request therefore at any time, if such
reinstatement of the Co-Issuers’ obligations has occurred and continues to be in effect other than
such money as has been applied to payment on the Notes.

          The Co-Issuers shall be entitled to cure any event resulting in the reinstatement of its
obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE NINE

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.

          The Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend, waive, supplement or otherwise
modify this Indenture, the Notes, the Note Guarantees or any other agreement or instrument entered
into in connection with this Indenture without notice to or consent of any Holder:

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

     (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes;

     (3) to provide for the assumption of a Co-Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to
Holders and Guarantees in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation or sale of all
or substantially all of such Co-Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

     (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the
Holders or that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture
of any such Holder;

-99-

 

     (5) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the
qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;

     (6) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and a Guarantee with
respect to the Notes or to release a Guarantee or a security interest under the Notes or a
Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

     (7) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of
this Indenture;

     (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by a
successor Trustee;

     (9) to comply with the rules of any applicable securities depository;

     (10) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such
provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended by the Co-Issuers (as demonstrated by
an Officers’ Certificate) to be a substantially verbatim recitation of a provision of this
Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes;

     (11) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for the
benefit of the Holders or surrender any rights or powers conferred upon the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary; or

     (12) to secure the Notes.

          Upon the request of the Co-Issuers accompanied by a Board Resolution of each of their
respective Boards of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental
Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of any documents requested under Section 7.02(b), the
Trustee shall join with the Co-Issuers and any Guarantors in the execution of any amended or
supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and make any further
appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its own rights, duties
or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders.

          (a) Subject to Sections 6.07 and 9.03, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee,
together, with the written consent of the Holder or Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in
connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), may amend or
supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees, and any existing Default or Event of
Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may
be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender
offer or exchange offer for, Notes).

-100-

 

          (b) Notwithstanding Section 9.02(a), without the consent of the Co-Issuers and each Holder
affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a
non-consenting Holder):

     (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment,
supplement or waiver;

     (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the
provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (it being understood that this clause
(2) does not apply to Sections 4.09 and 4.13);

     (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest or Additional
Interest on any Note;

     (4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and a waiver of the
payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

     (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

     (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past
Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive payments of principal of, or interest or
premium or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, or Additional Amounts, if any;

     (7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (it being understood that this
clause (7) does not apply to a payment required by Section 4.09 or 4.13);

     (8) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this
Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

     (9) in the event that the obligation to make a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale
Offer has arisen, amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the
Company to make and consummate such Change of Control Offer or such Asset Sale Offer, as the
case may be;

     (10) expressly subordinate in right of payment the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any
other Indebtedness of a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor; or

     (11) make any change to this Section 9.02.

          (c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver but it shall be sufficient if such
consent approves the substance thereof.

          (d) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder given
in connection with an exchange (in the case of an exchange offer) or a

-101-

 

tender (in the case of a tender offer) of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by
such tender or exchange.

          (e) After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Co-Issuers shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment,
supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Co-Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein,
shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or
waiver.

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with the Trust Indenture Act.

          From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every
amendment, waiver or supplement of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees shall be set
forth in a document that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

          Until an amendment, waiver or supplement becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a
continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that
evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to his
Note or portion of his Note by notice to the Trustee or the Co-Issuers received before the date on
which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the
amendment, supplement or waiver.

          The Co-Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver, which record
date shall be prior to the first solicitation of such consent. If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were
Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders
after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after
such record date. The Co-Issuers shall inform the Trustee in writing of the fixed record date if
applicable.

          After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder, unless
it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (11) of Section 9.02(b), in which case,
the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder who has consented to it and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note; provided that the Co-Issuers and the Trustee are able to identify the particular
Note which has so consented; provided, further, that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the
right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest, Additional Interest (if any)
and premium on, a Note, on or after the respective due dates therefor, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such
Holder.

-102-

 

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

          If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Co-Issuers may require
the Holder to deliver it to the Trustee. The Co-Issuers shall provide the Trustee with an
appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and cause the Trustee to return it to the
Holder at the Co-Issuers’ expense. Alternatively, if the Co-Issuers or the Trustee so determine,
the Co-Issuers in exchange for the Note shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, a new Note
that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note
shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

          The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this
Article Nine; provided that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such
amendment, supplement or waiver which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and, subject to Section 7.01, shall be
fully protected in conclusively relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate,
each stating that the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this
Article Nine is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be at the
expense of the Co-Issuers.

          Upon the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture pursuant to and in accordance with
this Article Nine, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such amended or
supplemental Indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of
Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

ARTICLE TEN

NOTE GUARANTEE

SECTION 10.01. Unconditional Guarantee.

          Subject to the provisions of this Article Ten, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and
severally, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the
validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Co-Issuers to
the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder: (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when and
as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by
acceleration or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal
and (to the extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and (z)
the due and punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Co-Issuers, in each
case, to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder (including amounts due the Trustee
under Section 7.07), all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof (collectively, the
“Guarantee Obligations”); and (b) in case of any extension of

-103-

 

time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the due and punctual
payment and performance of the Guarantee Obligations in accordance with the terms of the extension
or renewal, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration or otherwise.
Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed, or failing performance of any other
obligation of the Co-Issuers to the Holders under this Indenture or under the Notes, for whatever
reason, each Guarantor shall be obligated to pay, or to perform or cause the performance of, the
same immediately. An Event of Default under this Indenture or the Notes shall constitute an Event
of Default under the Note Guarantees, and shall entitle the Holders to accelerate the obligations
of the Guarantors thereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as the obligations of the
Co-Issuers.

          Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that (to the extent permitted by law) its obligations
hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the
Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by
any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor,
the recovery of any judgment against the Co-Issuers, any action to enforce the same, whether or not
a Note Guarantee is affixed to any particular Note, or any other circumstance which might otherwise
constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor (other than payment). To the
fullest extent permitted by law and subject to Section 6.06, each of the Guarantors hereby waives
the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the
event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Co-Issuers, any right to require a proceeding first
against the Co-Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that its Note
Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in
the Notes, this Indenture and this Note Guarantee. This Note Guarantee is a guarantee of payment
and not of collection. If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to any Co-Issuer or to any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar
official acting in relation to such Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by such Co-Issuer
or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore
discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as
between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (a) subject to
this Article Ten, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided
in Article Six for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or
other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and
(b) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six, such
obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the
Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

          Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the
intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent
transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the
Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal, foreign, provincial or state law to the
extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the
Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree (to the extent required by such laws) that the
obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Article Ten shall be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other

-104-

 

contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including any guarantee under the Credit
Agreement) that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from,
rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in
respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article Ten, result in the
obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. Each Guarantor that makes a payment for distribution under its Note Guarantee is
entitled to a contribution from each other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the adjusted net
assets of each Guarantor.

SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee.

          To further evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees
that a notation of such Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (each, a
“Notation of Guarantee”), shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the
Trustee. Such Notation of Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of each Guarantor by either manual
or facsimile signature of one Officer or other person duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action of such Guarantor who shall have been duly authorized to so execute by all requisite
corporate action. The validity and enforceability of any Notation of Guarantee shall not be
affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

          Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 shall
remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a Notation of
Guarantee.

          If an Officer of a Guarantor whose signature is on this Indenture or a Notation of Guarantee
no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which such Notation
of Guarantee is endorsed or at any time thereafter, such Guarantor’s Notation of Guarantee of such
Note shall nevertheless be valid.

          The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall
constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each
Guarantor.

SECTION 10.04. Release of a Guarantor.

          Notwithstanding Section 4.16(a), a Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally
released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee and its obligations under this Indenture and
the Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with Section 4.16(b) or as otherwise expressly
permitted by this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall execute an appropriate instrument prepared by the Co-Issuers evidencing the
release of a Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee upon receipt of a request by
the Co-Issuers or such Guarantor accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and, if requested by the
Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel certifying as to the compliance with this Section 10.04; provided,
however, that the legal counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel may rely as to matters of fact
on one or more Officers’ Certificates of the Co-Issuers.

-105-

 

          Except as set forth in Articles Four and Five and this Section 10.04, nothing contained in
this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with
or into a Co-Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of
a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to a Co-Issuer or another Guarantor.

SECTION 10.05. Waiver of Subrogation.

          Until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full, each
Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives and agrees not to exercise any claim or other rights which it
may now or hereafter acquire against the Co-Issuers that arise from the existence, payment,
performance or enforcement of the Co-Issuers’ obligations under the Notes or this Indenture and
such Guarantor’s obligations under this Note Guarantee and this Indenture, in any such instance,
including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution,
indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Holders against the
Co-Issuers, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute
or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Co-Issuers,
directly or indirectly, in cash or other assets or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or
security on account of such claim or other rights. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in
violation of the preceding sentence and any amounts owing to the Trustee or the Holders under the
Notes, this Indenture, or any other document or instrument delivered under or in connection with
such agreements or instruments, shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall have been
deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit
of, the Trustee or the Holders and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of itself
or such Holders to be credited and applied to the obligations in favor of the Trustee or the
Holders, as the case may be, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it shall receive direct and indirect benefits from the
financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the waiver set forth in this Section
10.05 is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 10.06. Immediate Payment.

          Each Guarantor agrees to make immediate payment to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of all
Guarantee Obligations owing or payable to the respective Holders upon receipt of a demand for
payment therefor by the Trustee to such Guarantor in writing.

SECTION 10.07. No Set-Off.

          Each payment to be made by a Guarantor hereunder in respect of the Guarantee Obligations shall
be payable in the currency or currencies in which such Guarantee Obligations are denominated, and,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or
diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.08. Guarantee Obligations Absolute.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are and shall be absolute and unconditional and
any monies or amounts expressed to be owing or payable by each Guarantor

-106-

 

hereunder which may not be recoverable from such Guarantor on the basis of a Note Guarantee
shall be recoverable from such Guarantor as a primary obligor and principal debtor in respect
thereof.

SECTION 10.09. Note Guarantee Obligations Continuing.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall be continuing and shall remain in full force
and effect until all such obligations have been paid and satisfied in full. Each Guarantor agrees
with the Trustee that it shall, upon request by the Trustee, deliver to the Trustee suitable
acknowledgments of this continued liability hereunder and under any other instrument or instruments
relating to this Indenture in such form as counsel to the Trustee may reasonably advise.

SECTION 10.10. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Reduced.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be satisfied, reduced or discharged
solely by the payment of such principal, premium, if any, interest, fees and other monies or
amounts as may at any time prior to discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article Eight be or
become owing or payable under or by virtue of or otherwise in connection with the Notes or this
Indenture.

SECTION 10.11. Note Guarantee Obligations Reinstated.

          The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced the
obligations of any Guarantor hereunder (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf
of the Co-Issuers or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the
Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Co-Issuers or any
Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. If demand for, or
acceleration of the time for, payment by the Co-Issuers or any other Guarantor is stayed upon the
insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Co-Issuers or such Guarantor, all such
Indebtedness otherwise subject to demand for payment or acceleration shall nonetheless be payable
by each Guarantor as provided herein.

SECTION 10.12. Note Guarantee Obligations Not Affected.

          To the fullest extent permitted by law, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall,
subject to Section 10.04, not be affected, impaired or diminished in any way by any act, omission,
matter or thing whatsoever, occurring before, upon or after any demand for payment hereunder (and
whether or not known or consented to by any Guarantor or any of the Holders) which, but for this
provision, might constitute a whole or partial defense to a claim against any Guarantor hereunder
or might operate to release or otherwise exonerate any Guarantor from any of its obligations
hereunder or otherwise affect such obligations, whether occasioned by default of any of the Holders
or otherwise, including, without limitation:

     (a) any limitation of status or power, disability, incapacity or other circumstance
relating to the Co-Issuers or any other Person, including any insolvency,

-107-

 

bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution,
winding-up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Co-Issuers or any other Person;

     (b) any irregularity, defect, unenforceability or invalidity in respect of any
indebtedness or other obligation of the Co-Issuers or any other Person under this Indenture,
the Notes or any other document or instrument;

     (c) any failure of the Co-Issuers or any other Guarantor, whether or not without fault
on its part, to perform or comply with any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or
any Note Guarantee, or to give notice thereof to a Guarantor;

     (d) the taking or enforcing or exercising or the refusal or neglect to take or enforce
or exercise any right or remedy from or against the Co-Issuers or any other Person or their
respective assets or the release or discharge of any such right or remedy;

     (e) the granting of time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers,
releases, discharges and other indulgences to the Co-Issuers or any other Person;

     (f) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, any
of the Notes, or any other amendment, variation, supplement, replacement or waiver of, or
any consent to departure from, any of the Notes or this Indenture, including, without
limitation, any increase or decrease in the principal amount of or premium, if any, or
interest or Additional Interest on any of the Notes;

     (g) any change in the ownership, control, name, objects, businesses, assets, capital
structure or constitution of the Co-Issuers or a Guarantor;

     (h) any merger or amalgamation of the Co-Issuers or a Guarantor with any Person or
Persons;

     (i) the occurrence of any change in the laws, rules, regulations or ordinances of any
jurisdiction by any present or future action of any governmental authority or court
amending, varying, reducing or otherwise affecting, or purporting to amend, vary, reduce or
otherwise affect, any of the Guarantee Obligations or the obligations of a Guarantor under
its Note Guarantee; and

     (j) any other circumstance, including release of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.04
(other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable discharge or defense of the Co-Issuers under this Indenture or the Notes or of a
Guarantor in respect of its Note Guarantee hereunder.

SECTION 10.13. Waiver.

          Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby waives
notice of acceptance hereof, notice of any liability of any Guarantor hereunder, notice or proof of
reliance by the Holders upon the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, and diligence,
presentment, demand for payment on the Co-Issuers, protest, notice of dishonor or

-108-

 

non-payment of any of the Guarantee Obligations, or other notice or formalities to the
Co-Issuers or any Guarantor of any kind whatsoever.

SECTION 10.14. No Obligation To Take Action Against the Co-Issuers.

          Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any
rights or remedies against the Co-Issuers or any other Person or any property of the Co-Issuers or
any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all
Guarantors of their liabilities and obligations under their Note Guarantees or under this
Indenture.

SECTION 10.15. Dealing with the Co-Issuers and Others.

          The Holders, without releasing, discharging, limiting or otherwise affecting in whole or in
part the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor hereunder and without the consent of or
notice to any Guarantor, may

     (a) grant time, renewals, extensions, compromises, concessions, waivers, releases,
discharges and other indulgences to the Co-Issuers or any other Person;

     (b) take or abstain from taking security or collateral from the Co-Issuers or from
perfecting security or collateral of the Co-Issuers;

     (c) release, discharge, compromise, realize, enforce or otherwise deal with or do any
act or thing in respect of (with or without consideration) any and all collateral, mortgages
or other security given by the Co-Issuers or any third party with respect to the obligations
or matters contemplated by this Indenture or the Notes;

     (d) accept compromises or arrangements from the Co-Issuers;

     (e) apply all monies at any time received from the Co-Issuers or from any security upon
such part of the Guarantee Obligations as the Holders may see fit or change any such
application in whole or in part from time to time as the Holders may see fit; and

     (f) otherwise deal with, or waive or modify their right to deal with, the Co-Issuers
and all other Persons and any security as the Holders or the Trustee may see fit.

SECTION 10.16. Default and Enforcement.

          If any Guarantor fails to pay in accordance with Section 10.06 hereof, the Trustee may proceed
in its name as trustee hereunder in the enforcement of the Note Guarantee of any such Guarantor and
such Guarantor’s obligations thereunder and hereunder by any remedy provided by law, whether by
legal proceedings or otherwise, and to recover from such Guarantor the obligations.

-109-

 

SECTION 10.17. Acknowledgment.

          Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges communication of the terms of this Indenture, the Notes and
the Note Guarantees consents to and approves of the same.

SECTION 10.18. Costs and Expenses.

          Each Guarantor shall pay on demand by the Trustee any and all reasonable costs, fees and
expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees on a solicitor and client basis)
incurred by the Trustee, its agents, advisors and counsel or any of the Holders in enforcing any of
their rights under any Note Guarantee.

SECTION 10.19. No Merger or Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

          No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Holders,
any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes, shall operate
as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or
privilege hereunder or under this Indenture or the Notes preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies,
powers and privileges in the Note Guarantee and under this Indenture, the Notes and any other
document or instrument between a Guarantor and/or the Co-Issuers and the Trustee are cumulative and
not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privilege provided by law.

SECTION 10.20. Survival of Note Guarantee Obligations.

          Without prejudice to the survival of any of the other obligations of each Guarantor hereunder,
the obligations of each Guarantor under Section 10.01 shall survive the payment in full of the
Guarantee Obligations and shall be enforceable against such Guarantor, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, without regard to and without giving effect to any defense, right of offset or
counterclaim available to or which may be asserted by any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor.

SECTION 10.21. Note Guarantee in Addition to Other Guarantee Obligations.

          The obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee and this Indenture are in addition
to and not in substitution for any other obligations to the Trustee or to any of the Holders in
relation to this Indenture or the Notes and any guarantees or security at any time held by or for
the benefit of any of them.

SECTION 10.22. Severability.

          Any provision of this Article Ten which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction
shall not invalidate the remaining provisions and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any
jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction
unless its removal would substantially defeat the basic intent, spirit and purpose of this
Indenture and this Article Ten.

-110-

 

SECTION 10.23. Successors and Assigns.

          Subject to the provisions herein relating to the release of Note Guarantees, each Note
Guarantee shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each Guarantor and the Trustee and the
other Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that no Guarantor may
assign any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which
is required or deemed to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, such required or
deemed provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall control.

SECTION 11.02. Notices.

          Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and
shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by nationally recognized overnight courier
service, by telecopier or registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested,
addressed as follows:

          if to a Co-Issuer or a Guarantor:

c/o Navios South American Logistics Inc.

Luis A. de Herrera

1248, World Trade Center, Torre 13

Montevido

Uruguay

Attention: Executive Vice President — Legal

          with a copy to:

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Stuart Gelfond

Telephone: (212) 859-8000

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

-111-

 

          if to the Trustee:

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

45 Broadway, 14th floor

New York, New York 10006

Attn. Corporate Trust Services -

Administrator for Navios South American Logistics Inc.

Telephone: (212) 515-5244

Facsimile: (212) 515-1589

          Each of the Co-Issuers, each Guarantor and the Trustee by written notice to each other such
Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or
communication to the Co-Issuers and the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of
the date so delivered if personally delivered; when replied to; when receipt is acknowledged, if
telecopied; five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until
actually received by the addressee); and next Business Day if by nationally recognized overnight
courier service.

          Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to him by first class mail or
other equivalent means at his address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and
shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner
provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing
by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver
shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the
Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance on such waiver.

          In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it
shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with
the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

SECTION 11.03. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act § 312(b) with other Holders with
respect to their rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees. The Co-Issuers,
the Trustee, the Registrar and any other Person shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act §
312(c).

-112-

 

SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

          Upon any request or application by the Co-Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Co-Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee (unless otherwise agreed by the Trustee):

     (1) an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee, stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent to be
performed or effected by the Co-Issuers, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and

     (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel (who may rely
upon Officers’ Certificates as to matters of fact), all such conditions precedent have been
satisfied; provided, however, that such opinion shall not be required in connection with the
initial issuance of the Notes hereunder.

SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided
for in this Indenture, other than the Officers’ Certificate required by Section 4.06, shall
include, to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act or requested by the Trustee:

     (1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such
covenant or condition;

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or
investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or
not such covenant or condition has been complied with or satisfied; and

     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such
condition or covenant has been satisfied or complied with; provided, however, that with
respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or
certificates of public officials.

SECTION 11.06. Rules by Paying Agent or Registrar.

          The Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for
their functions.

-113-

 

SECTION 11.07. Legal Holidays.

          If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that
is a Business Day without the accrual of additional interest in the intervening period.

SECTION
11.08. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; SUBMISSION TO
JURISDICTION.

          THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAW
PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY. EACH OF THE CO-ISSUERS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT
OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Indenture, the Notes,
the Note Guarantees or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the federal courts
of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New
York in each case located in the City of New York (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each
party irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action
or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail (to the extent allowed
under any applicable statute or rule of court) to such party’s address set forth in Section 11.02
shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such
court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of
any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally
waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any suit, action or other proceeding
has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 11.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any
of the Co-Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not
be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION
11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders.

          No past, future or present director, Officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, agent
or shareholder of a Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Co-Issuers or any Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability to the fullest

-114-

 

extent permitted by law. Such waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes and the Note Guarantees.

SECTION 11.11. Successors.

          All agreements of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note
Guarantees shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture
shall bind its successor.

SECTION 11.12. Duplicate Originals.

          All parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart
shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent the same agreement.

SECTION 11.13. Severability.

          To the extent permitted by applicable law, in case any one or more of the provisions in this
Indenture, in the Notes or in the Note Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable,
in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in
every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full
extent permitted by law.

SECTION 11.14. Force Majeure.

          In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the
performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly,
forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts
of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of
God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and
hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are
consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as
practicable under the circumstances.

SECTION
11.15. Agent for Service; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

          (a) The Co-Issuers and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably consent and agree to the service of
any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action, suit or proceeding
brought against them with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out
of or in connection with this Indenture, by serving a copy thereof upon any employee of any of the
Co-Issuers or any Guarantor (in such capacity, the “Company Process Agent”) at any business
location that the Co-Issuers or any Guarantor may maintain from time to time in the United States
including, without limitation, at the offices of Navios Corporation located at 825 Third Avenue,
34th Floor, New York, NY 10022 and each Co-Issuer and Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates,
appoints and empowers the Company Process Agent as their designee, appointee and agent to receive,
accept and acknowledge for and on their behalf service of any and all legal process, summons,
notices and documents that may be served in any

-115-

 

action, suit or proceeding brought against them in
any United States or state court located in the County of New York with respect to their
obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out
of or in connection with this Indenture and that may be made on such designee, appointee and
agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts.

          (b) If at any time neither the Co-Issuers nor any Guarantor maintains a bona fide business
location in the State of New York, then the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly (and in
any event within 10 days) irrevocably designate, appoint and empower CT Corporation System, with
offices currently at 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011 (or such other third party
corporate service provider of national standing as may be reasonably acceptable to the
Representatives), as their designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and
on their behalf service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents that may be
served in any action, suit or proceeding brought against them in any such United States or state
court located in the County of New York with respect to their obligations, liabilities or any other
matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture and that may be made on such designee,
appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts (the “Third
Party Process Agent”; each of the Company Process Agent or the Third Party Process Agent, a
“Process Agent”) and pay all fees and expenses required by the Third Party Process Agent in
connection therewith. If for any reason such Third Party Process Agent hereunder shall cease to be
available to act as such, each of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agrees to designate a new Third
Party Process Agent in the County of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section
11.15 satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers.

          (c) Each of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees
to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any such action,
suit or proceeding against them by (i) serving a copy thereof upon any of the relevant Process
Agents specified in clauses (a) or (b) above, or (ii) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or
certified air mail, postage prepaid, to the Co-Issuers, at their address specified in or designated
pursuant to this Indenture. Each of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors agrees that the failure of
any Process Agent, to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way
the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon.

          (d) Each of the Co-Issuers and each Guarantor agree that a final judgment in any such suit,
action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to
limit the ability of the Trustee or any Holder to serve any such legal process, summons, notices
and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the
Co-Issuers or the Guarantors or bring actions, suits or proceedings against them in such other
jurisdictions, and in such manner, as may be permitted by applicable law.

          (e) The provisions of this Section 11.15 shall survive any termination of this Indenture, in
whole or in part.

          (f) Each of the Co-Issuers and each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to
the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising

-116-

 

out of or in connection with this Indenture brought in the United States federal courts located in the County of
New York or the courts of the State of New York located in the County of New
York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or
claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been
brought in an inconvenient forum. The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, and their obligations under
this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees (and the Notations of Guarantee), are subject to
civil and commercial law and to suit and none of the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors or any of their
respective properties, assets or revenues have any right of immunity, on the grounds of
sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any such
legal action, suit or proceeding, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any of any
Argentinean, Marshall Islands, Brazilian, Panamanian, Paraguayan, Uruguayan, New York State or U.S.
federal court, as the case may be, from service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment,
or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution or enforcement of a judgment, or
other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a
judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations or liabilities or any other matter
under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees
(and the Notations of Guarantee); and, to the extent that the Co-Issuers, any Guarantor or any of
their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any
such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of
the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors waived or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law
and has consented to such relief and enforcement as provided in this Indenture, the Notes and the
Note Guarantees (and the Notations of Guarantee).

SECTION
11.16. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions.

          (a) U.S. dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the
Co-Issuers and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this
Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other
than U.S. dollars by a Holder (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or
order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Co-Issuers or
otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Co-Issuers shall only
constitute a discharge to the Co-Issuers to the extent of the U.S. dollar amount which the
recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on
the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that
date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar amount is less
than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the Notes, the Co-Issuers
shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 11.16(b).
In any event, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of
making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.16, it shall be sufficient for the
Holder to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would
have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount so received
in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars on
such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it
being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). The
indemnities set forth in this Section 11.16 constitute separate and independent obligations from
other obligations of the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, shall give

-117-

 

rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence
granted by any Holder and shall continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment,
order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under the Notes.

          (b) The Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the
following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Note
Guarantees and this Indenture:

     (1) (A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any
court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment
Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion
shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which
the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a
court shall otherwise determine).

          (B) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day
before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the
case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the
amount due, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay such additional (or, as the case may
be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment
Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt shall
produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

     (2) In the event of the winding-up of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor at any time while
any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture, or any
judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Co-Issuers and
the Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any
deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date
as of which the U.S. Dollar Equivalent of the amount due or contingently due under the
Notes, the Note Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is
calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of
proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final
date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor
shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant
provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of
such Co-Issuer or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by
the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

          (c) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 11.16
shall constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations of the Co-Issuers
and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of
action against the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or
extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall
continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof
of claim in the winding-up of any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of
amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or
order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss

-118-

 

suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual
loss shall be required by any Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of
them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to
be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date
of any liquidating distribution.

          (d) The term “rate of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00
a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than
the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and (b)(2) above and includes any premiums and
costs of exchange payable.

SECTION 11.17. Patriot Act.

          The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act,
the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism
and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each
person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The
parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may
request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

-119-

 

SIGNATURES

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as
of the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	NAVIOS SOUTH AMERICAN LOGISTICS INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Angeliki Frangou
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Angeliki Frangou 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Chairman 	 
	 
	 	NAVIOS LOGISTICS FINANCE (US) INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Vasiliki Papaefthymiou
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Vasiliki Papaefthymiou 	 
	 	 	Title:  	President/Secretary 	 
	 
	 	CORPORACION NAVIOS S.A.

NAUTICLER S.A.

PONTE RIO SOCIEDAD ANONIMA

NAVARRA SHIPPING CORPORATION

PELAYO SHIPPING CORPORATION,

as Guarantors

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ George Achniotis
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	George Achniotis 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	COMPANIA NAVIERA HORAMAR S.A.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Horacio E. Lopez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Horacio E. Lopez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 

S-1

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	

COMPANIA DE TRANSPORTE FLUVIAL

INTERNACIONAL S.A.

PETROVIA INTERNACIONAL S.A.,

as Guarantors
 	 
	 
	 	By:  	                                              /s/ Mauro Caballero
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Mauro Caballero 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	MERCO PAR S.A.C.I.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Horacio E. Lopez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Horacio E. Lopez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
/s/ Eduardo Blanc
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Eduardo Blanc 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	

NAVEGACION GUARANI S.A.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Carlos A. Lopez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Carlos A. Lopez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                                              /s/ Norma Aguilar
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Norma Aguilar 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 

S-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	HIDROVIA OSR S.A.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Norma Aguilar
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Norma Aguilar 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Marcos J. Peroni
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Marcos J. Peroni 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	MERCO FLUVIAL S.A.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Marcos J. Peroni
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Marcos J. Peroni 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	                                              /s/ Quirino Fernandez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Quirino Fernandez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	PETROLERA SAN ANTONIO S.A.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Carlos A. Lopez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Carlos A. Lopez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	
/s/ Eduardo Blanc
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Eduardo Blanc 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 

S-3

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	STABILITY OCEANWAYS S.A.,

as Guarantor

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Carmen Rodriguez
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Carmen Rodriguez 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Authorized Signatory
 	 

S-4

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Martin Reed
 	 
	 	 	Name:  	Martin Reed 	 
	 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 

S-5

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT A

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

A-1

 

NAVIOS SOUTH AMERICAN LOGISTICS INC.

NAVIOS LOGISTICS FINANCE (US) INC.

91/4% Senior Notes 2019

CUSIP No.          

ISIN No.          

	 	 	 	 	 

	No.

	 	 	$	 

          NAVIOS SOUTH AMERICAN LOGISTICS INC., a Marshall Islands corporation, and NAVIOS LOGISTICS
FINANCE (US) INC., (the “Co-Issuers”), for value received, jointly and severally, promise to pay to
____________ or its registered assigns, the principal sum of            U.S. dollars [or such
other amount as is provided in a schedule attached hereto]1 on April 15, 2019.

          Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, commencing October 15, 2011.

          Record Dates: April 1 and October 1.

          Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which shall for all
purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

			
	1	 	This language should be included only if
the Note is issued in global form.

A-2

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Co-Issuers have caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile
by its duly authorized Officer.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	NAVIOS SOUTH AMERICAN LOGISTICS INC.,

as Co-Issuer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	NAVIOS LOGISTICS FINANCE (US) INC.,

as Co-Issuer

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

A-3

 

	 	 	 	 	 

FORM OF TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the 91/4% Senior Notes due 2019 described in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

A-4

 

	 	 	 	 	 

(Reverse of Note)

91/4% Senior Notes due 2019

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture
referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          SECTION 1. Interest. Navios South American Logistics Inc., a Marshall Islands
corporation, and Navios Logistics Finance (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation as co-issuers, (the
"Co-Issuers”), jointly and severally promise to pay interest (including Additional Interest, if
applicable) on the principal amount of this Note at 91/4% per annum from [April 12,
2011]*, until maturity. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in
arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the
next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing October 15, 2011.
Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if
no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. The Co-Issuers shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal
and premium, if any, from time to time on demand to the extent lawful at the interest rate
applicable to the Notes; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding
under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (in
each case without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same
rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.

          SECTION 2. Method of Payment. The Co-Issuers shall pay interest and Additional
Interest, if any, on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business
on the April 1 or October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are
canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in
Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be issued in
denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Co-Issuers shall
pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes in such coin or currency of the United
States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts
(“U.S. Legal Tender”). Principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Interest, if any, on
the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Co-Issuers maintained in the United
States for such purpose except that, at the option of the Co-Issuers, the payment of interest and
Additional Interest, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective
addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that for Holders owning at least $100,000
aggregate principal amount of Notes that have given wire transfer instructions to the Co-Issuers at
least ten (10) Business Days prior to the applicable payment date, the Co-Issuers shall make all
payments of principal, interest, premium and Additional Interest, if any, by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise
designated by the Co-Issuers, the Co-Issuers ‘office or agency in the United States shall be the
office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose.

 

			
	*	 	In the case of Notes issued on the Issue
Date.

A-5

 

          SECTION 3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Co-Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. Except as
provided in the Indenture, the Co-Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity.

          SECTION 4. Indenture. The Co-Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of
April 12, 2011 (the “Indenture”) by and among the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors (as defined therein)
and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and , following the
qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§
77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Trust Indenture Act”), when the Notes are registered under the Securities Act
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, those made part of the Indenture by reference to the
Trust Indenture Act. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision
of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the
Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

          SECTION 5.
Optional Redemption. 

          (a) On or after April 15, 2014, the Co-Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
on the Notes redeemed, to (but excluding) the applicable Redemption Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period beginning on April 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of
Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2014
	 	 	106.938	%
	2015
	 	 	104.625	%
	2016
	 	 	102.313	%
	2017 and thereafter
	 	 	100.000	%

          (b) Prior to April 15, 2014, the Co-Issuers may, at their option, redeem all or a part of the
Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to the sum
of:

               (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus

               (ii) the Applicable Premium, plus

accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to (but
excluding) the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record
Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date (a “Make-Whole Redemption”).

A-6

 

          SECTION 6. Redemption With Proceeds of Equity Offerings. At any time prior to
April 15, 2014, the Co-Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate
principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture (including any Additional Notes) at a
Redemption Price of 109.25% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, to (but excluding) the Redemption Date, with the net cash proceeds of
one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

     (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the
Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Co-Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries) remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

     (2) such redemption occurs not more than 180 days after the date of the closing of the
relevant such Equity Offering.

          SECTION 7. Redemption for Changes in Withholding Tax. The Co-Issuers may, at their
option, redeem all, but not less than all, of the Notes then outstanding at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional
Amounts, if any, thereon to the Redemption Date, if the Co-Issuers have become or would become
obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to such Notes,
any Additional Amounts as a result of any change in law (including any regulations promulgated
thereunder) or in the official interpretation or administration of law, if such change is announced
and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date and the Co-Issuers determine in good faith that
such obligation cannot be avoided (including, without limitation, by changing the jurisdiction from
which or through which payment is made) by the use of reasonable measures (not requiring material
cost) available to the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors.

          Notice of any such redemption must be given within 60 days of the earlier of the announcement
and the effectiveness of any such amendment or change referred to in the preceding paragraph. At
the time such notice of redemption is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts must
remain in effect. Immediately prior to the mailing of any notice of redemption described above,
the Co-Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Officers’ Certificate stating that the
Co-Issuers are entitled to elect to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts
showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Co-Issuers so to elect to redeem have
occurred and (ii) if requested by the Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws of
the relevant jurisdiction to the effect that the Co-Issuers or the applicable Guarantor or such
successor Person, as the case may be, has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts
as a result of such amendment or change.

          SECTION 8. Selection and Notice of Redemption. Notes in denominations larger than
$2,000 may be redeemed in part; provided that Notes shall be redeemed only in integral multiples of
$1,000 unless all Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. Notice of redemption shall be
delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days
before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address,
except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of
the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates
to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be

A-7

 

redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note
shall be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for
redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the Redemption Date, interest
and Additional Interest, if any, cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for
redemption, unless the Co-Issuers default in the payment of the Redemption Price.

          SECTION 9. Mandatory Redemption. The Co-Issuers shall not be required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes (it being understood that
the foregoing shall not limit Section 10 below).

          SECTION 10. Repurchase at Option of Holder.

          (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, and subject to certain conditions set forth in
the Indenture, the Co-Issuers shall be required to offer to purchase all or any part (equal to
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the outstanding Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and
Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of repurchase, subject to the rights of Holders on
the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

          (b) The Co-Issuers are, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, obligated to make an
offer to purchase Notes and certain other pari passu Indebtedness at 100% of their principal
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of
repurchase, with certain Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales in accordance with the Indenture.

          SECTION 11. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form
without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Co-Issuers may require a Holder to pay any
taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Co-Issuers and the Registrar are
not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Co-Issuers and the Registrar are not
required to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice
of redemption of Notes to be redeemed.

          SECTION 12. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as
its owner for all purposes.

          SECTION 13. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. The Indenture and the Notes may be
amended, supplemented or waived as set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the
Indenture.

          SECTION 14. Defaults and Remedies. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are
set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes generally
may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or

A-8

 

insolvency as set forth in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable
without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.
The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating
to the payment of principal, premium or interest or Additional Interest, if any, including an
accelerated payment or the failure to make a payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant
to a Change of Control Offer or the Asset Sale Payment Date pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer if it
determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default and its
consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, or the
principal of, or the premium or Additional Interest on, the Notes, subject to certain conditions
being met. The Co-Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying any Default or Event
of Default within 30 days of becoming aware thereof.

          SECTION 15. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Co-Issuers under or with
respect to this Note or by a Guarantor under or with respect to its Note Guarantee shall be made
free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future
Taxes to the extent provided in Section 4.20 of the Indenture.

          SECTION 16. No Recourse Against Others. No past, future or present director,
Officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, agent or shareholder of the Co-Issuers or any
Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Co-Issuers or any
Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in
respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. The Holder by accepting this Note
and the Note Guarantees waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver and release are part
of the consideration for issuance of this Note and the Note Guarantees.

          SECTION 17. Note Guarantees. This Note shall be entitled to the benefits of certain
Note Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for
a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and obligations thereunder of
the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders.

          SECTION 18. Trustee Dealings with the Co-Issuers. Subject to certain terms set forth
in the Indenture, the Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors their Subsidiaries or
their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

          SECTION 19. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the
manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          SECTION 20. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the
entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

A-9

 

          SECTION 21. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes. Pursuant to, but subject to the exceptions in, the Registration Rights
Agreement, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors shall be obligated to use their commercially
reasonable efforts to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall
have the right to exchange this Note for a 91/4% Senior Note due 2019 of the Co-Issuers which shall
have been registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and having terms identical
in all material respects to this Note (except that such Note shall not be entitled to Additional
Interest and shall not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions). The Holders shall be
entitled to receive certain Additional Interest in the event such exchange offer is not consummated
or the Notes are not offered for resale and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in
accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.2

          SECTION 22. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by
the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Co-Issuers have caused CUSIP and
ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of
redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may
be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

          SECTION 23. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAW
PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED
THEREBY.

          The Co-Issuers shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of
the Indenture.

 

			
	2	 	This Section not to appear on Exchange
Securities or Additional Notes unless required by the terms of such Additional
Notes.

A-10

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee or transferee)

(Insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee or transferee)

and irrevocably appoint _____________________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of
the Co-Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Dated:                      	Signed:  	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on 	 
	 	 	the other side of this Note) 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee:	 	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other
signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

          In connection with any transfer of this Note occurring prior to the date which is the date
following the second anniversary of the original issuance of this Note, the undersigned confirms
that it has not utilized any general solicitation or general advertising in connection with the
transfer and is making the transfer pursuant to one of the following:

[Check One]

	(1)___ 	 	 to the Co-Issuers or a subsidiary thereof; or
	 
	(2)___ 	 	 to a person who the transferor reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer”
pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”); or
	 
	(3)___ 	 	 outside the United States to a non-“U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S
under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act;
or
	 
	(4)___ 	 	 pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act
or pursuant to another exemption available under the Securities Act; or
	 
	(5)___ 	 	 pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

A-11

 

and unless the box below is checked, the undersigned confirms that such Note is not being
transferred to an “affiliate” of the Co-Issuers as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (an
“Affiliate”):

          o transferee is an Affiliate of the Co-Issuers.

          Unless one of the foregoing items (1) through (6) is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to
register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the
registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if item (3) or (4) is checked, the Co-Issuers or
the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole
discretion, such written legal opinions, certifications (including an investment letter in the case
of box (3)) and other information as the Trustee or the Co-Issuers has reasonably requested to
confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

          If none of the foregoing items (1) through (5) are checked, the Trustee or Registrar shall not
be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless
and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 2.16
of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Dated:                      	Signed:  	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note) 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee:

	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other
signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED

          The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or
an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such
account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities
Act and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that
it has received such information regarding the Co-Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant
to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

	 	 	 

	Dated:                     

	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

A-12

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Co-Issuers pursuant to Section 4.09 or
Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box:

          Section 4.09 [ ]                 Section 4.13 [ ]

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Co-Issuers pursuant to
Section 4.09 or Section 4.13 of the Indenture, state the amount (in denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof): $___________

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	Dated:                       	Signed:  	 	 
	 	 	(Sign exactly as name appears on the other side of this Note)	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 

	Signature Guarantee:
	 	 
	 
	 
	 
	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)
	 
	 	

A-13

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE3

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global
Note or for a Physical Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Physical Note for an
interest in this Global Note, have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	Signature of
	 	 	 	 	Amount of decrease in	 	Amount of increase in	 	this Global Note	 	authorized signatory
	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	Principal Amount of	 	following such decrease	 	of Trustee or Note
	Date of Exchange	 	this Global Note	 	this Global Note	 	(or increase)	 	Custodian

 

			
	3	 	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

A-14

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF LEGENDS

          Each Global Note and Physical Note that constitutes a Restricted Security shall bear the
following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until after the second
anniversary of the Issue Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Co-Issuers and the Holder thereof or
if such legend is no longer required by Section 2.16(f) of the Indenture:

THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A)(1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR
ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE
903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4)
PURSUANT TO ANOTHER APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (5)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER
JURISDICTIONS.

          Each Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall also bear the following legend:

     THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO
AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITORY OR A SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITORY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON
OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN
THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE
BY THE DEPOSITORY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TO THE
DEPOSITORY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED
CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

     UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY
TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION

 

OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND
ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY
OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN.

 

EXHIBIT C

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered

in Connection with Transfers

Pursuant to Regulation S

[             ], [    ]

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association,

as Trustee and Registrar — DAPS Reorg

MAC N9303-121

608 2nd Avenue South

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Telephone No.: (877) 872-4605

Fax No.: (866) 969-1290

Email: DAPSReorg@wellsfargo.com

	 	Re:	 	 Navios South American Logistics Inc. and Navios
Logistics Finance (US) Inc. (the “Co-Issuers”)
91/4% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          In connection with our proposed sale of $200,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes,
we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under
the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent
that:

     (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

     (2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the
United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the
transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or
through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any
person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in
the United States;

     (3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of
the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

     (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act; and

C-1

 

     (5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Notes.

          You, as Trustee, the Co-Issuers, counsel for the Co-Issuers and others are entitled to
conclusively rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy
hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with
respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth
in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Very truly yours,

[Name of Transferor]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

C-2

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

          SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of      , 20 ,
among (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Navios South
American Logistics Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Marshall Islands corporation (the
“Company”), the Company and Navios Logistics Finance (US) Inc., a Delaware corporation, (together
with the Company, the “Co-Issuers”) the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to
herein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (or its permitted successor) under
the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

          WITNESSETH

          WHEREAS, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors has heretofore executed and delivered to the
Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of April 12, 2011 providing for the issuance of
91/4% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”);

          WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary
shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Co-Issuers’ obligations under
the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”);
and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and
deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes
as follows:

          1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

          2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an
unconditional Guarantee, on and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the
Notation of Guarantee and in the Indenture, including, but not limited, to Article Ten thereof.

          4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO

D-1

 

CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

          5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.
Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

          6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction hereof.

          7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in
respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the
recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and
the Co-Issuers.

D-2

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated:      , 20

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	NAVIOS SOUTH AMERICAN LOGISTICS INC.,

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	NAVIOS LOGISTICS FINANCE (US) INC.,

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	[EXISTING GUARANTORS]

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 
	 	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Authorized Signatory 	 
	 	 	 	 

D-3

 

	 	 	 	 	 

EXHIBIT E

NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

          For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the
Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the
Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of April 12, 2011 (the
“Indenture”), among Navios South American Logistics Inc. and Navios Logistics Finance (US) Inc.
(collectively, the “Co-Issuers”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) (x) the due and punctual payment of the principal of,
premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes when and as the same
shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, upon redemption or repurchase, by acceleration
or otherwise, (y) the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and (to the
extent permitted by law) interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and (z) the due and
punctual payment and performance of all other obligations of the Co-Issuers and all other
obligations of the other Guarantors (including under the Note Guarantees). The obligations of the
Guarantors to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are
expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture
for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.

          Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the
Indenture.

E-1

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Notation of Guarantee to be duly executed.

Date:

           [Guarantors]

E-2

 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE

          The undersigned, __________________, being the ________________ of ________________ (the
“Co-Issuer”), does hereby certify that the individuals listed below are qualified and acting
officers of the Co-Issuer as set forth in the right column opposite their respective names and the
signatures appearing in the extreme right column opposite the name of each such officer is a true
specimen of the genuine signature of such officer and such individuals have the authority to
execute documents to be delivered to, or upon the request of, Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as Trustee under the Indenture dated as of April 12, 2011, by and between the
Co-Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Name	 	Title	 	Signature	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 
	 	 	 	 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Certificate as of the
__________ day of __________, 20_.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Name:

Title:

 	 
	 

F-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}]]